module 6 unit 2 复习（练习）(译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)（精选18篇）由网友“常磐”投稿提供，下面是小编为大家整理后的module 6 unit 2 复习（练习）(译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)，仅供大家参考借鉴，希望大家喜欢，并能积极分享!
篇1：module 6 unit 2 复习（练习）(译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)
Unit2单元练习
1. ---- Would you tell me something about your English study?
----_________.
A. All right B. Yes, please C. Not at all D. I would, of course
2. _____ of the building ______ a tower.
A. In the north, stand B. North, stands C. To north, stands D. To the north, stand
3. Their office is _____ the tenth floor of the _______ building.
A. in, thirty-story B. in, thirty-storys C. on, thirty-storys D. on, thirty-story
4. ------Are you satisfied with my work?
------Not a bit. ________.
A. It could be so good B. It can be very good
C. It could have been much better D. It could have been even good
5. ------You didn’t expect to see us, did you?
------_______.
A. No, I don’t know you were coming today
B. Yes, I hadn’t known you were coming today
C. No, I didn’t know you were coming today
D. Yes, I won’t know you were coming today
6. With a (n) _____ of twenty students to help, we are sure we can finish the work on time.
A. total B. entire C. whole D. all
7. The place he _____ is quite far from here.
A. suggested hold the meeting B. suggested to hold the meeting
C. suggested holding the meeting D. suggested should hold the meeting
8. Can you tell something about the accident _____ yesterday?
A. that happened B. happening C. happened D. to happen
9. My brother never helps me with my homework. __________.
A. Neither do mine B. Neither do I
C. Neither does me D. Neither does mine
10. Our city is quite ______ it was ten years ago.
A. difference with what B. different from what
C. different from that D. different from where
11. I don’t think we’ll go to the concert. It is too late, _____, it is raining.
A. or rather B. or else C. besides D. and yet
12. ------________
------Luckily, his family were safe except for the house.
A. Was Tom burned? B. How did it happen?
C. Anybody injured or burned? D. It must be terrible.
13. There are still many people suffering a lot, and we are to do something to ________ poverty.
A. keep out B. wipe out C. give out D. run out
14. Robert is _____ same weight _____ his father.
A. of the, as B. in , as C. of the , like D. /, as
15. ----What made you so upset?
---- __________ my house _____ saying goodbye.
A. Jim left, without B. Jim’s leaving, instead of
C. That Jim left, without D. Jim leaving, instead of
16. ------It is said that the book “Adventure” has been sold out.
------ What a pity! I should have bought ________.
A. such one B. one such C. any such D. no such
17. He usually goes to work on time _____.
A. except for raining days B. besides it rains
C. but that it rains D. except on rainy days
18. Much to the couple’s comfort, their income is now double ______ it was five years ago.
A. that B. than C. which D. what
19. In the USA, he made a lot of friends _____ English well to make himself ______.
A. learn, understand B. to learn, understood
C. learning, understand D. learned, understood
20. It was an exciting moment for these football fans this year, _____ for the first time in years their team won the World Cup.
A. which B. that C. this D. one
21. ---We’re afraid we can't finish the task within this month.
--- .
A. Don’t be afraid B. That's right C. Take your time D. Not at all
22. He wasn’t asked to take on the chairmanship of the society, unpopular with all members.
A. being considered B. considering.
C. to be considered D. having considered
23. We can see clearly from the top of the building it is that the police are talking to.
A. what B. where C. that D. who
24. --- Tim, what are you looking at?
--- Sorry, Mr. Smith. I ___ out at a bird outside the window.
A. looked B. am looking C. have been looking D. was looking
25. ---Do you work hard at your lessons?
---Yes, I no efforts.
A. spend B. spare C. waste D. share
26. The local health organization is reported ___ twenty-five years age when Dr. Green became its first president.
A. to be set up B. being set up C. to have been set up D. having been set up
27. ---- When did he leave the classroom?
---- He left _____ you turned back to write on the blackboard.
A. the minute B. the time C. until D. before
28. Because the first pair of shoes did not fit properly, I asked for _____.
A. another shoes B. another one C. the others ones D. another pair
29. ----What new subject are you going to have in second grade?
----I' m going to learn second foreign language.
A. a; the B. the; a C. the; 不填 D.不填; a
30. I wondered what you could be doing and what be happening to you.
A. might B. must C. should D. had to
31. I have no idea I can find such a computer in such a short time.
A. that B. why C. where D. when
32. ---What's the matter with Jane? She has been sitting there for hours.
---A letter from her mother an attack of homesickness in her.
A. set out B. set off C. sent off D. sent up
33. ---What can we do to help John?
---All we can do is to try that he ought to study more.
A. making him to realize B. making him realize
C. to make him realized D. to make him realize
34. --- Tom, I'm afraid I can't go to the picnic with you.
---But you ___ me you would.
A. had told B. have told C. told D. tell
35. You never get over being a child, ______ you have a mother to go to.
A. as far as B. unless C. so long as D. although
36. She and her sister are always __________ attention.
A. competing with B. competing for C. competing D. competing against
37. All of the students were ______ by the ________ speech given by the headmaster.
A. inspired; inspired B. inspiring; inspiring C. inspired; inspiring D. inspiring; inspired
38. I am ________ all day’s study. I’m considering _______ to the cinema tonight.
A. tired of; going B. tired from; to go C. tiring from; going D. tired of; to go
39. If I catch you _____ again, I shall make you ______ in after school _______ some extra work.
A. cheat; stay; to do B. cheating; stay; to do
C. cheating; read; having D. reading; play; doing
40. News reports say peace talks between the two countries _____ with no agreement reached.
A. have broken down B. have broken out C. have broken in D. have broken up
41. _______, Dick could not succeed _______ the driving test.
A. However he tried hard; in passing B. No matter how hard he tried; to pass
C. However hard he tried; in passing D. No matter how he tried hard; to pass
42. __________ in a recent science competition, the three students were awarded scholarships totaling $ 21,000.
A. To be judged the best B. Having judged the best
C. Judged the best D. Judging the best
43. The picture was taken a long time ago. I wonder if you can _______ my father.
A. find out B. pick out C. look out D. speak out
44. ________ in a white uniform, he looks more like a cook than a doctor.
A. Dressed B. To dress C. Dressing D. Having dressed
45. _______ in a heavy traffic jam is quite an unpleasant experience.
A. Caught B. Having caught C. Being caught D. To catch
46. ----What did you think of the concert given by the famous Hong Kong singer?
---- Not so good. In fact, it _______ to be a great disappointment.
A. turned up B. turned in C. turned down D. turned out
47. He _______ us success in the coming examination.
A. wished B. hoped C. thought D. expected
48. Mr. Brown, who ______ to the cause of teaching is a teacher with many years’________.
A. devoted; experience B. is devoted; experience
C. devotes himself; experiences D. is devoted; experience
49. That was really a splendid evening. It’s years ______ I enjoyed myself so much.
A. when B. that C. before D. since
50. To tell you the truth, I think it is you, ______ Mr. Black,______.
A. less than, which are to be blamed B. rather than, that are to blame
C. other than, that is to blame D. more than, who is to blame
51. Mary rushed home she heard the news, only that his wife was gone.
A. immediately; finding B. as soon as; to find
C. the moment; find D. when; found
52. In peace, too, the Red Cross is expected to send help to there is human suffering.
A. whoever B. however C. whatever D. wherever
53. All the candidates were ____ the street to be named after a great man ___ his great contributions to the city.
A. in favor of; in need of B. in praise of; in favor of
C. in praise of; in need of D. in favor of; in honor of
54. Faced with a bill for ＄10,000,________.
A. the boss has given john an extra job B. an extra job has been given to John
C. an extra job has been taken D. John has taken an extra job
1-5 ABDCC 6-10ABADB 11-15CCBAC 16-20 BDDBD
21-25 CADDB 26-30 CADBA 31-35 CBDCC
36~40 BBCBA 41~ 45 CCBAC 46~ 50 DABDB 51~54 BDDD
篇2：module 6 unit 2 复习（知识点总结及其练习）(译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)
1. search 1) 名词 搜查 搜寻 2) 动词 search sb./sth. for
I went off in search of a garage where I could buy some petrol.
The police continued a long search for the lost child.
They searched all the room for the missing papers.
2. injure 伤害， 损伤（主要指在事故中受伤）; 损害，伤害（自尊，名誉等）
He was badly injured in the accident. He injured his pride.
3. struggle with 1)动词 2)名词
He struggled with cancer for four years. 与……搏斗/斗争
The shopkeeper struggled against the thief. 与……搏斗/斗争
The two leaders are struggling for power. 努力争取；为了……而挣扎/努力
We struggled through the crowd.
Don’t give up without ~. Reading was a ~ for him. 阅读对他来说是件费劲的事。
4. times时代 in ancient ~ in the ~ of Henry
the writers of the ~ ~ have changed.
5. in hospital 住院 in the hospital 在医院里
6. the world 世人们
7. the way 方式 the way to do; the way of doing; the way (that/ in which)…
I don’t like the way (that/in which) you laugh at her.
8 in case以防: Take your umbrella just ~ it rains/just ~ it should rain.
in case of 如果 万一 (后接名词 代词 动名词) ~ earthquake, crawl under the table.
in this/that case在这样/那样的情况下 in any case 无论如何 不管怎样
in no case决不 ~ shall we allow smoking in the classroom..
in the case of就……来说 Failure is no shame ~ a scientist.
9. by: not later than; before与完成时连用
~ the time the doctor arrived, the patient had died.
~ the end of this year, she will have been in Australia for two years.
10. describe …as…把……描述成
He ~d his school life as interesting and exciting.
11. could: might be possible (在这里) 表可能性
The new project~ create 5,000 new jobs.
The accident ~ have been prevented.
12. cost: to lead to the loss of something 使……付出代价；花费
His lazy attitude ~ the child his place in the team.
13. rush 1）vi. 冲 2）vt. 把……急忙送往
She rushed into the room. ~ the letter to the post office He ~ed his wife to the hospital.
3）n. 冲，抢购热潮 ~ hour Christmas ~
14. apart (adv.) （时间或空间上）分离； 相隔； 不在一起，分开
1) The two hills are 22 miles apart. 两座山相隔22英里。
2) The workers took the machines apart. 工人们把机器拆了。
apart from : besides ~ from some wine, he drank some beer.
15. devote … to …He ~d all his hours to working in the lab.
16. cheer up（使）高兴起来 Cheer up! Things are not as bad as they seem.
cheer 为……欢呼 The boy cheered their team.
17. spirits 复数 be in good/high/low/bad ~ Your letter raised my ~.
18. accomplish: complete
辨析：accomplish 成功地完成; complete 强调某事结束了
achieve 通过努力，克服困难，取得较大成绩
19. adapt to sth.适应 Our eyes adapted to the dark.
~ sth. to/for sth. 使……适应
~sth. for sth. 改编；修改 The plays were ~ed from novels.
20. inspire 鼓舞；激励；；激发
1) I hope this success will inspire you to great efforts. 2) He ~d confidence in us.
21. courage勇气 不可数名词
22. overcome overcame overcome克服
23. positive明确的；肯定的；积极的；确定的
receive a ~ answer ~ evidence be ~ of /about …
24. whenever : at whatever time ; at any time
I would like to see you ~ it is convenient.
25. try my hardest尽力
26. be jealous of 嫉妒某人 John is jealous of his friend’s ability.
jealousy名词 嫉妒She showed great ~ of them.
27. have sympathy for/towards sb.同情某人
We all have sympathy for him
be in sympathy with/out of 心里赞同/不赞同 …I am in sympathy with your suggestion。
28 across the world; all over the world
29. try one’s hardest: try one’s best
30. come over sb. (不用被动语态) 突然感到 A wave of sleepiness came over me.
31. be content with sth. 满足于某事；对……满意
be content to do sth. = be willing to do; be ready to do 愿意做
32. hear about 听说
33. go for 努力争取某物 go for the gold medal
34. be filled with 填满； be full of 充满
35. come first 获得第一名
36. feel caught catch caught caught
catch the murderer 抓住 catch the early bus 赶上
The teacher caught him sleeping in class.发觉；撞见
catch a cold 染上
catch the meaning of the sentence 理解
catch sb.’s attention/ interest/ imagination 引起
37. feel like 想要某物；想做某事 sth./ doing sth./ + clause
38. obey an order/ a command 服从
obey the law/ rules 遵守
39. focus on; concentrate on 集中精力于
40. arrange sth. for sb. 为某人安排某事
arrange for sb. to do sth. 安排某人做
arrange that… 商定； 安排
41. believe 相信某人所说的话； 后接that从句，表“相信或认为”
believe in 信仰；信奉（真理、宗教、原则等）
believe in: trust 信任某人（相信人格，为人）
42. allocate sb. sth. = allocate sth. to sb. 拨给； 分配给
43. whichever 无论哪个；不管哪些
引导状语从句 相当于no matter which
引导名词性从句 不能用no matter which 来替换
44. quit school 退学； quit office 离职； quit smoking 戒烟
45. be tired of 厌倦； be tired from 由于……而累了
46. wish 接从句 现在 did; 过去 had done; 将来 would/ could do
47. look back on 回首；回忆；回顾
He used to sit there, looking back on his happy childhood.
他过去常常坐在那里，回忆自己幸福的童年。
look on/ upon …as… 把……看作 look out 当心，小心；留神
look forward to 盼望 look up 查阅；仰视；改善，好转
48. encouragement n. [U] 鼓舞，激励；[C]起激励作用的事物
Her words was a great encouragement to them. 她的话对他们是极大的鼓舞。
encourage v. 支持，鼓励，激励 encourage sb. to do sth.
encouraging a. 乐观的；鼓励的
[反]discourage v.阻止，阻拦 discourage sb. from doing sth.
49.guidance n.指导，引导，咨询
老师给他很大的激励/鼓舞。He received a lot of encouragement from his teacher.
= His teacher gave him much/ a lot of encouragement.
under the guidance of 在……指导下 under the direction of 在……指导下
under the leadership of 在……的领导下
50.ahead of ⑴ (时间 、空间)在……的前面
⑵ earlier than sb./ sth. 早于
⑶ 领先 She was always well ahead of the rest of her class.
ahead adv. 在前面 go straight ahead 向前直走 go ahead 前进；（催促对方）先请！请！
51. at that point 在那时，在那个阶段
at/ on the point of 将近……的时候；接近；靠近
She was on/ at the point of leaving when I arrived. 当我到达时，她正准备出门。
52. golden days golden a. 金的，金质的； 金色的； 特别的，美好的
gold n. 金；黄金
53. rush n. 匆忙，急促 in a rush 匆忙地；急切地
54. independent a. 独立的，自主的，自制的；自主的，有主见的
That country became independent in the sixties. 那个国家在60年代独立。
independence n. 独立；自主
dependent a. 依赖的；依靠的 dependence n. 依靠；依赖 depend v. 依靠
55. All I had to do was go to school and spend a few hours studying when I came home.
不定式做表语时，如果主语部分有表示不定式动作内容的do时，不定式符号to可以省。
56. innocent (a.) 无辜的，无罪的，清白的；天真无邪的，纯真的
innocence (n.) 无罪；清白
57. imagine (v.) 想象；设想 imagine sth.
imagine (sb./ sb’s) doing sth. imagine (sb. / sth.) to be
imagine that imagine her running her own company
58. fix many of the problems
fix v. 把……固定于…… fix + n. + adv.
v. 确定，决定 （有时与up连用） fix (up) a date/ a time/ a place for the meeting v. fix one’s attention / eyes/ mind on … 把某人的注意力/眼睛/ 思想集中于……
v.解决 Everything had been fixed in advance. 一切预先解决了。
59. communicate v. 交流，沟通；传达，传送； communication n. 交流，交际
communicate with sb./ sth. 与……交流/联系
communicate sth. to sb./sth. 把 ……传递给
e.g. We can communicate with people in most parts of the world by telephone.
He communicated the news to me. 他把那消息传达给了我。
60.guarantee v. 保证；担保 They guarantee this clock for a year. 这时钟保修一年。
v, ~ to do sth. = ~ that 保证做……
v. guarantee sb. sth. = guarantee sth. to sb.对……保证……
61. assist sb. to do sth. assist sb. with sth.
assist sb. in sth./doing sth.
62. company 陪伴，与他人在一起，交往 keep sb. company / bear sb. company 陪伴某人
1) I felt at home in your company. 和你在一起令我轻松自在。
3) He keeps good/ bad company.
= He is in good/ bad company. 他和好人/坏人来往。
in company （with） (和……)一道
keep company with 和……要好；和……常一道；伴随
篇3：模块6 Unit 2 Welcome to the unit & reading(译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)
Teaching aim:
1. help the students understand the passage fully
2. help the students form a positive image of happiness and to live happily in their lives
3. train students’ ability of reading
Teaching importance:
1. understanding of the sturcture of the article
2. understanding of the story of Sang Lan
3. learn what happiness is
Teaching methods:
Listening, reading, speaking, discussing
Teaching aids:
Computer, TV presenter, Blackboard
Teaching procedure:
Step1 Lead-in (free talk)
1. What can bring you happiness in your daily life?
2. What is happiness to different people?
3. What is happiness to you (students)?
Step2 Fast-reading
Different understandings of happiness.
Read the first paragraph and find different understandings of happiness and fill in the blanks.
Step3 Reading
1. Free talk about disabled people.
When something unfortunate happened, what will they do?
Will those who are disabled give up the hope for happiness?
Do you know these disabled people?
Do you know who she is?-----Sang Lan.
2. Skimming and scanning
Skim the passage and answer the three questions above.
3. Listening (Line 11~19)
Question: Why was Sang Lan taken an example?
4. Careful reading
a) Before the accident (Line 20~38)
1. read the information about Sang Lan and finish the chart
2. accident happened (picture and description)
b) While staying in hospital (Line 39~53)
Quesitions:
1. Why did those famous people go to see her in the hospital? (picture showing)
2. What was her reaction when the doctor tole her that she would never again be a gymnast?
3. What was her secret to happiness?
c) Back to China ( Line 57~62)
Question:
What did Sang Lan do after she came back to China?
(some pictures about the activities that Sang Lan took part in)
Step4 Post-reading activities
1. Pair work
What adjectives can we use to describe Sang Lan?
2. Group work
Enjoy a short video and have a discussion----If the worst things happens, how to adapt to the new life and search for happiness?
3. Enjoy a poem about happiness
4. Funny picture about how to find happiness.
Step5 Summary
Step6 Homework
1. read the passage again and finish the exercises in the “Great English Class”
2. recite the story of Sang Lan ( before the accident, while in hospital, back to China)
篇4：牛津英语模块6 词汇复习(译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)
1. Do you prefer comedy or tragedy?
2. Nobody likes being made fun of in public.
3. I asked him a question but he made/gave no response.
4. There have been several responses to our advertisement.
5. Our call for new suggestions evoked(=produced) little response
6. .She opened the door in response to the knock.
7. I’m writing in response to the question you raised in your letter.
8. What’s your reaction to the news?
9. How did he react to your suggestion?
10. Children at this age tend to react against their parents by going against their wishes.
11. The suffering has affected both her mental and physical health.
12. There was a long queue outside the cinema.
13. We queued up for the bus with great anxiety.
14. This technology is still in its early stages.
15. People tend to work hard at this stage of life.
16. We can take the argument one stage further.
17. She acted on our suggestion.
18. A trained dog can act as a guide to a blind person.
19. He acted as if he had never seen me before.
20. Does the drug take long to act ( on the nerve centres)?
21. She’s been awarded a scholarship to study at Oxford.
22. The award for this year’s best actress went to …
23. Make exercise a part of your daily routine.
24. The fault was discovered during a routine check.
25. His bright clothes were badly appropriate for such a solemn occasion.
26. I think this is an appropriate moment to raise the question of my promotion.
27. Complaints must be addressed to the appropriate authority.
28. The new toys kept her amused for hours.
29. The children amused themselves by playing games.
30. Your support is vital to/for the success of my plan.
31. It’s vital that we should act at once.
32. The issues are of vital importance.
33. You don’t sound very enthusiastic about the idea.
34. She never lost her enthusiasm for teaching.
35. It was a tough decision to make.
36. He faces the toughest test of his leadership so far.
37. The smile on her face made it all worthwhile.
38. It didn’t seem worthwhile writing it all out again.
39. The painting is the work of a master.
40. It takes years to master a new language.
41. He has never mastered the art of public speaking.
42. We’ve decided to take on a new clerk in the accounts department.
43. These insects can take on the color of their surroundings.
44. His face took on a worried expression.
45. I’m too tired and I can’t take on extra work.
46. After she had got over/overcome her initial shyness, she became very friendly.
47. It’s a highly skilled job. We need skilled workers.
48. Reading and writing are two different skills.
49. The job calls for skill.
50. Hurry! Go and see what’s going on there.
51. Be careful while crossing the street.
52. I crossed his name off the list.
53. He stood still there with his arms crossed on his chest.
54. I felt warm and cosy sitting by the fire.
55. I was annoyed with him because he kept interrupting.
56. The river wanders through some very beautiful country.
57. The bus was crowded/packed with noisy schoolchildren.
58. The entire village was destroyed in the flood.
59. The disease threatens to wipe out the entire population.
60. She raised her finger to her lips as a sign for silence.
61. The builders raised the ceiling by 6 inches.
62. How do people react to the appeal to raise money for victims of the disaster?
63. His long absence raised fears about his safety.
64. The situation has raised concern both nationally and internationally.
65. We need to raise public awareness of the issue.
66. They are kids raised on a diet of hamburgers.
67. They raised some cattle on the farm.
68. She was never keen on performing in public because she was afraid of making a fool of herself.
69. She fooled the old man out of all his money.
70. He’s fooled a lot of people into believing he’s a rich man.
71. This material tears easily, so be careful when you wear it.
72. She’s so absorbed in the book that she simply couldn’t tear herself away from it.
73. I was torn between my friends and my family.
74. She burst into tears upon hearing the bad news.
75. She exited pretty quickly when she heard him arriving.
76. Ring the bell in an emergency.
77. The situation grew worse and the government declared a state of emergency.
78. I don’t hold out much hope that the weather will improve.
79. How much longer can our supplies hold out?
80. The town was surrounded but the people held out until help came.
81. He’s fond of making jokes about the mistakes his classmates have made.
82. “ Can’t you make your little boy behave(himself)?” said Mary, pointing to the naughty boy’s mother.
83. He tripped over the root of a tree and was hurt.
84. The two cars ran/crashed/knocked/bumped into each other in the darkness.
85. The speech made a strong impression on us.
86. First impressions are often misleading.
87. All such possibilities must be considered before we make a decision.
88. Like many other young people, he prefers pop music.
89. It’s known to us all that Beijing will host the Olympic Games.
90. The address is being broadcast live on TV.
91. Every time he’s caught being late, he will make up an excuse.
92. Girls make up two-thirds of the class.
93. The audience howled with laughter at the words.
94. I’ve never doubted his popularity with his students because he’s so humorous.
95. You’re expecting too much of her. After all, she’s so young.
96. Many young people now don’t hope to follow in the footsteps of their parents.
97. Taking regular exercise and having a balanced diet can help you stay healthy .
98. Whatever the cost, we must carry out the research work.
99. Please look up the new words in your dictionaries after class.
100. The kids looked up from their books at the knock.
101. Mind that all the sentences you make should make sense.
102. Soon/Shortly after their arrival, the play began.
103. Follow the instructions while in the lab.
104. The old buildings are being torn down to make room for the new mall.
105. It’s everyone’s duty to contribute to the construction of our society.
106. The boy burst in with a book in his right hand.
107. He got seriously injured in the accident.
108. They struggled just to pay their bills.
109. I struggled up the hill with the heavy bags.
110. He struggled against cancer for two years.
111. I struggled and screamed for help.
112. How did she manage to struggle free?
113. Life is hard but we all have to struggle on.
114. He is engaged in a bitter struggle with his rival to get control of the company.
115. They were struggling to get out of the burning car.
116. The accident disabled him from playing basketball.
117. On their small income they live very simply.
118. To put it simply, the new proposals mean that the average worker will be about 10% better paid.
119. I don’t like driving; I do it simply because I have to get to work each day.
120. She is very dedicated to her work.
121. The doctor dedicated her life/herself to finding a cure.
122. He dedicated his first book to his late mother.
123. The programme reviews the most important events of 1985.
124. The 800 meters is the fourth event of the afternoon.
125. The two villages are three miles apart.
126. The two sides in the dispute are still a long way apart and it is unlikely that any agreement will be reached.
127. He took the clock apart to repair it.
128. He and his wife are living apart.
129. It’s a good piece of work, apart from a few slight faults.
130. Apart from being too large, it just doesn’t suit me.
131. I don’t think we should devote any more time to this question.
132. Several pages of the paper were devoted to an account of the election.
133. He is very devoted to his wife.
134. Most of our meetings were devoted to discussing the housing problem.
135. They rushed out into the street.
136. The fire engine rushed past us as we waited at the traffic lights.
137. Doctors and medical supplies were rushed to the scene of the accident.
138. Don’t rush into marriage; you might regret it later.
139. There was a rush for the exits when the film ended.
140. She received severe head injuries in the accident.
141. She was in severe pain.
142. The rejection came as a severe blow to his pride.
143. She had a severe look on her face.
144. Competition for the job is very severe.
145. I heard the cheers of the crowd, and I knew our team was winning.
146. Christmas and New Year are a time of good cheer in the company of family and friends.
147. The crowd cheered( the president) as he drove slowly by.
148. She was cheered by the news from home.
149. Oh, come on----cheer up!
150. Give Mary a call; she needs cheering up.
151. He felt bright and cheerful and full of energy.
152. The restaurant is bright and cheerful.
153. She overcame injury to win the Olympic gold medal.
154. The two parties managed to overcome their differences on the issue.
155. In the final game Sweden easily overcame France.
156. She can’t overcome her shyness.
157. She’s accomplished a great deal in the last few weeks.
158. That’s it. Mission accomplished.
159. When we moved to France, the children adapted ( to the change) very well.
160. I’m afraid he can’t adapt to the idea of having a woman as his boss.
161. These styles can be adapted to suit individual tastes.
162. It took him a while to adapt himself to his new surroundings.
163. Three of his novels have been adapted for television.
164. She tried to be more positive(=confident) about her new job.
165. We should have positive attitudes towards life.
166. We must take positive steps to deal with the problem.
167. It will require positive action by all in the industry.
168. We’ve had a very positive response to the idea.
169. His family have been a very positive influence on him.
170. We have no positive evidence that she was involved.
171. Are you positive that you’ve never seen that man before?
172. Thinking positively is one way of dealing with stress.
173. The experts are optimistic about our chances of success.
174. He tried to inspire them to greater efforts.
175. I was inspired to work harder by her example.
176. She showed remarkable courage when she heard the bad news.
177. I didn’t have the courage to tell him the bad news.
178. She showed admirable self-control.
179. He’s always looking in the mirror, admiring himself.
180. I was filled with admiration for her courage.
181. The documentary aroused public sympathy for victims of the disaster.
182. I have no sympathy for her; it’s all her own fault.
183. He had always obeyed his parents without question.
184. You’ll have to observe the speed limit on the highway.
185. I’ve arranged for a taxi.
186. He called at 9, as arranged.
187. I’ve arranged for a doctor to see him.
188. We still have to arrange where to meet.
189. They went to Italy on a coach tour.
190. They believed the witness had been coached on what to say.
191. I coach people for English exams.
192. She coaches me in French.
193. A large sum has been allocated for buying new books for the library.
194. More resources are being allocated to the project.
195. The space available is not adequate for our needs.
196. There is a lack of training that is adequate to meet the future needs of industry.
197. I hope he will prove adequate to the job.
198. Her performance was adequate, though hardly exciting.
199. People are confused about all the different labels on food these days.
200. The children gave a confused account of what had happened.
201. He has decided to quit as manager of the team.
202. He quit the show last year because of his poor health.
203. I’m tired of watching television; let’s go for a walk.
204. The agency offers practical guidance to people starting their own business.
205. She went on holiday alone---she’s very independent.
206. He was innocent of the crime and was set free.
207. The man gave a vivid description of what happened.
208. He’s a shy boy who can’t communicate very well.
209. We can communicate with each other by sending e-mails.
210. Basic human rights, including freedom of speech, are now guaranteed.
211. The ticket will guarantee you free entry.
212. We guarantee to deliver your goods within a week.
213. These days getting a degree doesn’t guarantee you a job.
214. We’ll do all we can to assist you.
215. We’ll assist you in finding somewhere to live, so don’t worry.
216. Two men are assisting the police with their enquiries.
217. Anyone willing to assist can contact this number.
218. This heating system has an automatic temperature control.
219. Breathing is an automatic function of the body.
220. At the turn of a tap you get instant hot water.
221. The instant I saw him I knew he was the man the police were looking for.
222. What’s the maximum amount of wine you’re allowed to take through customs duty-free?
223. He smokes (up to) a maximum of ten cigarettes a day.
224. I enjoy Mary’s company.
225. He’s coming with me for company.
226. The children are very good company at this age.
227. Jane is very mature for her age.
228. Technology in this field has matured considerably over the last decade.
229. She has matured into one of the country’s finest actresses.
230. Information must be stored so that it’s secure from accidental deletion.
231. Check that all windows and doors have been made as secure as possible.
232. What’s the motivation behind this sudden change?
233. He’s intelligent enough but lacks motivation.
234. It doesn’t make any difference/the slightest difference to me whether you go or stay.
235. When you’re learning to drive, having a good teacher makes a big difference/makes all the difference.
236. There are no significant differences between the education systems of the two countries.
237. She noticed a marked difference in the children on her second visit.
238. Why don’t you settle your differences and be friends again?
239. Your age shouldn’t make any difference to whether you get the job or not.
240. Their house differs from mine in having no garage.
241. The brothers differ widely in their tastes.
242. people’s talents differ from person to person.
243.She looks different with her hair short.
244. Boys and girls may behave differently.
245. By investing wisely, she accumulated a fortune.
246. It is a long time since he has visited his native Poland.
247. The tiger is native to India.
248.The kangaroo is a native of Australia.
249. She speaks Italian like a native, though she is a native speaker of French.
250. Judging from his accent, he’s a Southerner.
251. This newspaper has a long tradition of attacking corruption and mismanagement.
252. He intends to continue the family tradition and seek a career in politics.
253. The traditional English breakfast includes bacon and eggs.
254. A great party was held that day in celebration of their fiftieth wedding anniversary.
255. These good results have given us something to celebrate.
256. He settled back in his chair and closed his eyes.
257. He settled himself comfortably in his usual chair.
258. I settled my daughter on the sofa and put a blanket over her.
259. Dust had settled on the tables and chairs.
260. Settle down, children; stop running about!
261. That’s settled; we’ll leave tomorrow.
262. It’s all settled---we’re leaving on the nine o’clock plane.
263. They settled their quarrel/differences in a friendly way.
264. The American West was hardly settled until the 19th century.
265. She settled (herself) down in a chair with a book and a cup of tea.
266. I hate all this travel; I want to get married and settle down.
267. It was so embarrassing when the children started laughing in the middle of the service.
268. He bought a little model of the Eiffel Tower as a souvenir of his holiday in Paris.
269. She asked him to clarify what he meant.
270. When will the government clarify its position on equal pay for women?
271. She didn’t participate in the discussion.
272. We want to encourage students to participate fully in the running of the college.
273. Details of the competition are available at all participating stores.
274. A back injury prevented active participation in any sports for a while.
275. I got a warm reception that day.
276. They’re holding a reception to welcome the new ambassador.
277. Leave your key at reception/at the reception desk.
278. According to the estate agent’s ad, the house has three bedrooms and two reception rooms.
279. Wine usually contains about 10% alcohol.
280. He’s been told by the doctor to keep off alcohol.
281. Watch out for sharp turns and adjust your speed accordingly.
282. Adjust your language to the age of your audience.
283. It took her a while to adjust to living alone after the divorce.
284. I hope you’ll quickly adjust yourself to student life.
285. It’s time for me to log off. Bye!
286. In order to log in ( to the system), you have to type in a special password.
287. You need a password to log in/on.
288. Let’s analyse the problem and see what went wrong.
289. The analysis of the food showed the presence of poison.
290. The following is a summary of our conclusions.
291. In summary, this was a disappointing performance.
292. She has an annoying habit of biting her fingernails.
293. I smoke only out of/from habit; I wish I could break the habit.
294. My daughter’s got into the habit of turning on the TV as soon as she got home.
295. She’s tried to give up smoking but just can’t kick the habit.
296. I hope you won’t make a habit of it.
297. Social customs vary greatly from country to country.
298. It was his custom to get up early and have a cold bath.
299. It is the custom in that country for women to marry young.
300. I usually enjoy his films, but the latest one didn’t come/live up to my expectations.
301. Unfortunately, the new software has failed to meet expectations.
302. Some parents have unrealistic expectations of their children.
303. She lives in France but has British nationality.
304. The product sells well both at home and overseas/abroad.
305. If the pain continues, consult your doctor.
306. I need to consult with my colleagues on the proposals.
307. Consult your dictionary if you have any questions.
308. The audience showed its approval by cheering loudly.
309. The new proposals have won the approval of the board.
310. You made a good decision, and I thoroughly approve of it.
311. She’s clever but she lacks ambition.
312. One of her ambitions is to become a doctor.
313. He has at last achieved his lifetime ambition of running a private school.
314. The attack was the latest in a series of incidents in the area.
315. I was invited to their wedding feast.
316. The band’s new album takes up where their last one left off.
317. The table takes up too much room.
318. I won’t take up any more of your time.
319. Her time is fully taken up with writing.
320. They’ve taken up golf.
321. He takes up his duties next week.
322. Their protests were later taken up by other groups.
323. Give out the exam papers, please.
324. They gave out on the radio that the president had died.
325. She gave out a yell at the sight of the terrible accident.
326. Our supply of sugar has given out.
327. My strength gave out after the long walk.
328. That’s not the proper way to stop the machine. You should stop it this way.
329. What’s the correct procedure of renewing your car tax?
330. He’s standing still with his hands in his pockets.
331. It’s easy to have your pocket picked in a big crowd.
332. All members of the club are requested to attend the annual meeting.
333. The teaching staff requested of the head teacher that he should reconsider his decision.
334. They have made an urgent request for international aid.
335. She’s holding up well under the pressure.
336. The construction of the new road has been held up by the bad weather.
337. An accident is holding up traffic.
338. He remarked that it was getting late.
339. The judges remarked on the high standard of entries for the competition.
340. What exactly did you mean by that last remark?
341. The law states that everyone has the right to practise their own religion.
342. It is now generally accepted that…
343. Generally, Japanese cars are very reliable and breakdowns are rare.
344. She finds the divorce too upsetting to talk about.
345. One major difference between these computers concerns the way in which they store information.
346. What concerns me most is our lack of preparation for the change.
347. I have enjoyed my visit very much, and would like to thank all the people concerned.
348. As far as I’m/we’re concerned, you can go whenever you want.
349. He asked several questions concerning the future of the company.
350. I haven’t the slightest idea (= I have no idea) what you’re talking about.
351.--- Do you mind if I open the window?----Not in the slightest/least. (=Not at all)
352. She was shaking with laughter/anger/fear.
353. Shake the bottle before taking the medicine.
354. They shared the work equally between them.
355. We went on a guided tour round/around/of the castle.
356. The project has been given the government’s seal of approval.
357. Only drink bottled water and check the seal isn’t broken.
358. Make sure you’ve signed the cheque before sealing the envelope.
359. She gave the police a full account of the incident.
360. The diaries contained detailed accounts of the writer’s experiences in China.
361. She retired early on account of ill health.
362. On no account should the house be left unlocked.
363. The company takes accounts of environmental issues wherever possible.
364. Coursework is taken into account as well as exam results.
365. The poor weather may have accounted for the small crowd.
366. How do you account for the show’s success?
367. All passengers have now been accounted for.
368. The Japanese market accounts for 35% of the company’s revenue.
369. He hid his hatred under a mask of loyalty.
370. He carved the wood into the shape of a bird.
371. The country is governed by elected representatives of the people.
372. He accused the opposition party of being unfit to govern.
373. Prices are very much governed by market demand.
374. All his decisions have been entirely governed by self-interest.
375. She’s still hunting for a new job.
376. The hunt is on for a suitable candidate.
377. Is he learning an instrument?
378. The plain fact is that we just can’t afford it.
379. Explain it in plain English, please.
380. The thief was caught by a policeman in plain clothes.
381. Spread the map out flat on the floor.
382. Children from the flats(=the block of flats) across the street were playing outside.
383. We got a flat (flat tyre) on the way home.
384. The aim is to give people more power over their own lives.
385. It is not within my power to help you.
386. The drug may affect your powers of concentration.
387. There was a power failure/cut last night.
388. The police and the army have been given special powers to deal with the situation.
389. People say that Britain is no longer a world power.
390. The scientist referred to the discovery as the most exciting new development in this field.
391. The figures in the left-hand column refer to our overseas sales.
392. Let me just refer to my notes to find the exact figures.
393. The new law does not refer to land used for farming.
394. The shop referred the complaint back to the makers of the articles.
395. The star refers to items which are intended for the advanced learners.
396. Do you know how to operate the heating system?
397. The machine is not operating at maximum efficiency.
398. Our company operates in several countries.
399. The new law operates against us/doesn’t operate in our favor.
400. Some people can only operate well under pressure.
401. We will have to operate on his eyes.
402. Doctors performed an emergency operation on her.
403. The police have launched a major operation against drug suppliers.
404. We’re deeply honored that you should agree to join us.
405. The president honored us with a personal visit.
406. It was a great honor to be invited here today.
407. Did you come to London to see your family, or for business purposes?
408. I haven’t got a pen, but a pencil will serve the same purpose.
409. Our campaign’s main purpose is to raise money.
410. He did it on purpose, knowing it would annoy her.
411. His coat was so long that it was almost touching the floor.
412. He hasn’t touched the money his aunt left him.
413. What he said really touched my heart.
414. All this information is readily available at the touch of a button.
415. Are you still in touch with your friends from college?
416. The violence was the result of political and ethnic conflicts.
417. She found herself in conflict with her parents over her future career.
418. She proved herself a worthy successor of the former champion.
419. No composer was considered worthy of the name until he had written an opera.
420. The performance is really worthy to be remembered.
421. There’s a plan to cut the company’s labor force.
422. Attendance on the course is purely voluntary.
423. He volunteered for guard duty.
424. Jenny volunteered to clear up afterwards.
425. This work costs us nothing: it’s all done by volunteers.
426. Unlike the American , the British press operates on a national scale.
427. It is important that students develop an awareness of how the Internet can be used.
428. There was an almost complete lack of awareness of the issues involved.
429. Draw a circle and write your name in it.
430. She drew the doctor aside to discuss her mother’s illness.
431. They drew their wages every Friday.
432. The play is drawing big crowds.
433. Her shouts drew the attention of the police.
434. They drew courage from his example.
435. We should draw some lessons from the accident.
436. You will be fined the sum of $200 if you break the rule.
437. The sum of 7 and 12 is 19.
438. I had to spend a large sum of money to get it back.
439. The hospital is trying to raise funds for a new kidney machine.
440. The projects have been cancelled because of lack of funds.
441. The scientists’ search for a cure for the disease is being funded by the government.
442. The disease is in urgent need of medical attention.
443. The poverty-stricken area made an urgent request for international aid.
444. He’s good at his job but he seems to lack perseverance.
445. There was no lack of volunteers.
446. The reasons for my decisions are set out in my report.
447. I think you’re deliberately setting out to annoy me.
448. The meal was set out on a long table.
449. First, allow me, on behalf of all my classmates, to express our thanks to you.
450. He comes from a remote village in the hills.
451. I’m afraid your chances of success are rather remote.
452. The information ought to be made more accessible.
453. The island is accessible only by boat.
454. Students need easy access to books they want.
455. Her ex-husband has access to the children at weekends.
456. After two hours’ frustrating delay, our train at last arrived.
457. I’m feeling rather frustrated in my present job; I need a change.
458. The bad weather frustrated our hopes of going out.
459. If only I were 10 years younger now.
460. If only I had gone by taxi yesterday.
461. This is a matter of individual conscience.
462. The book aims to cover all aspects of city life.
463. The house has a south-facing aspect.
464. We should consider a problem in all its aspects.
465. My time is precious; I can only give you a few minutes.
466. Don’t remind me of that awful day-I made such a fool of myself.
467. The sight of the clock reminded me that I was late.
468. Remind me to write to Mother.
469. The flood victims received money and clothes from several charities.
470. The painting comes from his private collection.
471. The first stage in research is data collection.
472. The total collection last week amounted $500.
473. Her new book is a collection of short stories.
474. We’ll have to face the facts---we simply can’t afford a holiday this year.
475. The main difficulty that faces us today is of supplying food to those in need.
476. When we faced her with all the evidence, she admitted the crime.
477. The house faces a park.
478. She is faced with a tough decision this time.
479. The country is involved in a border incident.
480. Running a car is a big expense.
481. You can claim back your travel expenses.
482. The results are well worth the expense.
483. They need financial help to meet the expenses of an emergency.
484. We were taken out for a meal at the company’s expense.
485. He built up the business at the expense of his health.
486. The price was somewhat higher than I’d expected.
487. We followed the river back to discover its source.
488. The faulty connection is the source of the engine trouble.
489. What is their main source of income?
490. Your local library will be a useful source of information.
491. Petrol is no longer a cheap fuel.
492. The heart is a kind of natural pump that moves the blood around the body.
493. She has gone to fetch the kids from school.
494. My car broke down on my way home yesterday.
495. Please state your name, address and occupation.
496. She was born in France during the German occupation.
497. Writing occupies most of my spare time.
498. She occupied herself with routine office tasks.
499. Problems at work continued to occupy his mind for some time.
500. The president occupies the position for four years.
501. His arguments forced them to admit he was right.
502. We had to force the window open because we had forgotten to bring our keys.
503. I never force my ideas upon anyone else.
504. I thought their smile was rather forced.
505. The thief took the money from the old man by force.
506. Use whatever means you can to persuade him.
507. We express our thoughts by means of words.
508. The quickest means of travel is by plane.
509. The company’s commitment to providing quality at a reasonable price has been vital to its success.
510. A career as a teacher requires one hundred percent commitment.
511. Heavy snow has caused total chaos on the roads.
512. The house was in chaos after the party.
513. She burst into tears and fled at this sight.
514. He was caught trying to flee the country.
515. Many people around the world die of starvation during famines every year.
516. She and I are colleagues: we work in the same unit.
517. There’s a vacant place over there where we can park.
518. The job was advertised in the ‘situations vacant’ column in the newspaper.
519. Students often find temporary jobs during their summer holidays.
520. The patient is being treated in the local clinic.
521. George got hold of the dog by its collar.
522. Where have you been? I’ve been trying to get hold of you all day.
523. It’s almost impossible to get hold of tickets for the final.
524. There may be some minor changes to the schedule.
525. Women played a relatively minor role in the organization.
526. The cut will soon heal up/over.
527. He was healed of his sickness.
528. The patient was asked to take some medicine to prevent the bacteria from spreading.
529. Mary was cutting the grass, and meanwhile, Adam was planting trees in the garden.
530. In the storm, I took shelter under the big tree.
531. These plants must be sheltered from direct sunlight.
532. They were anxious to find shelter for the night.
533. People were desperately seeking shelter from the gunfire.
534. Please ask a member of staff for directions to the nearest terminals.
535. The police put up barriers to control the crowd.
536. Lack of confidence is the biggest barrier to investment in the region.
537. We’re now living in great comfort.
538. We can take comfort from the fact that the situation is not actually getting worse.
539. I tried to comfort Mary after her mother’s death
540. I don’t think it makes a lot of difference what color it is.
541. “Shall we go on Friday or Saturday?” “ It makes no difference to me.”
542. A few kind words at the right time makes all the difference.
543. The traditional backpack with a difference---it’s waterproof.
544. The minister refused to comment on individual cases.
545. Respect for individual freedom is advocated in that country.
546. Treatment depends on the individual involved.
547. She wears very individual clothes.
548. The rights of the individual are perhaps the most important rights in a free society.
篇5：Module 6 Unit 1 Project学案(译林牛津版高二英语选修六学案设计)
主备人：王松业 再备人：高二英语备课组成员 审核人：李家圣
New words:
1. invisible a. 看不见的 vision 视力 television 电视
2. courtyard n. 院子 court 法庭 yard院子 graveyard 坟场
3. shift vt. 移动 we shifted the furniture.
Vi. 转变=change the wind shifted to the west.
N. 轮班 I was on the night shift that day. 那天我值夜班。
4. wander: vi, vt 漫步，徘徊 wander (in) the street 逛街
wonder n. 奇迹，奇怪 v. 猜想
work wonders 创造奇迹
(It is) no wonder that …难怪
I’m wondering if I can use your bike.
5. official-looking 貌似官方的 good-looking 相貌好看的 plain-looking 相貌普通的
6. a stack of 一堆 a pile of 一堆
7. bow n. vi 鞠躬
bow n. 弓，蝴蝶结 arrow 箭
8. tear n. 眼泪 burst into tears
v. 撕 tear the letter into pieces
9. chase vt. n. 追逐，追赶
we are like the police chasing a thief. 我们就像警察抓小偷一样。
10. emergency n. 紧急情况，紧急事件
Will you excuse me a moment? I have an emergency to deal with.
In case of emergency, sound the alarm. 万一有紧急情况，请拉响警报。
11. burst vi 爆发
burst into tears/laughter/cheers(欢呼)/anger（大发雷霆）
burst out crying/laughing/cheering
burst in: vi break in: vi
burst into: vt break into: vt
Suddenly a gang of bandits broke in.
broke into the house 突然一群土匪闯了进来。
12. stare at 盯 glare at 瞪
glance at 瞥一眼 catch a glimpse of 瞥见
13. hold out ①拿出，伸出②坚持，维持
He held out a hand and stopped a taxi.
How long can our oil hold out?
Difficult points in the text.
1. Do you know how much work it takes to perform a play? 这里的work意为“需要”
Mastering a foreign language takes time and practice.
2. character ①[C]人物，角色，汉字②[U]性格；特征
There are many characters in this play, but they all have different character.
类似地difficulty: ①[C]难点，难事
②[U]困难 have difficulty in doing sth.
Experience ①[C] 经历②[U]经验
Do you have any difficulties about the article?
3. Can I join you?
Why not join us?
Join us in the discussion/walk
4. make room for 为…腾出空地 room 为[U]，意为空间
There is no room left for putting the piano.
The old houses were pulled down/torn down to make room for a new building.
5. Mind if I sit down? 我坐下你介意吗？
此句为省略句 (do you)mind if I sit down?
常见的还有(I) hope you don’t mind.
(I) Hope you like it.
(It’s) Time to get up.
(It) sounds like a good idea.
6. throw at 砸向 he throws a stone at the dog.
Throw to: 扔给 he threw some bananas to the monkey.
Shout at 大嚷 she shouted at him, “get out of here.”
Shout to: 大喊 she shouted to us in the distance
7. tear the paper in two/ into halves
8. empty-handed a. + n. + ed.
Cold-blooded 冷面的 white-haired 白发的 narrow-minded 心胸狭窄的 left-handed 左撇子
9. way out 出路
The way out lies in improving education.
篇6：Unit 4 of Module 6 Language points (译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)
Unit 4 of Module 6 Language points
班级 姓名 学号 时间 评价
Learning Aims:
1. To learn some language points in this text to enlarge the vocabulary
2. To use the language points when doing the exercises.
Learning Important and Difficult Points:
1. Learn to analyze some long and complicated sentences.
Learning Methods:
1. Learn some phrases by heart.
2. Learn the usage of some words and phrases through self-study and practice.
Learning Procedures:
第一部分：自主探究
Ⅰ. 识记短语
1. feel honored 感到荣耀 2.be made up of 由……组成
3. human rights 人权 4. be based on 以……基础
5. be involved in 参与 6. in addition 此外
7. child labour 童工 8. with the help of 在……的帮助下
9. work on the projects 致力于项目 10. increase one’s awareness 提升意识
11.draw one’s attention 吸引某人的注意力 12. per day 每一天
13. add… to… 向……增加 14. under the umbrella of 在……的保护下
15. across the world 在全世界 16. lack of 缺少
17. agree to do 同意做某事 18. be available to 可得到的
19. look up 查阅 20. primary education 小学教育
21. meet goals 实现目标 22. worthy organizations可敬的组织
II. 重点单词、词组或句子用法探究
1.［原句回放］I am pleased to have this chance today to talk to you about the United Nations or the UN, as it is more often referred to. 句中as意为 _像，正如_，词性是__连词___ ，引导__方状_从句。refer to 意为 谈到__，其中to 是__介词__ （词性）；refer to还有_查阅___ ， __指的是___ 的意思。
［拓展］refer to … as 把……当作……；reference n. 提到，谈及；指的是；参考；查阅；reference book 参考书 小试牛刀
1)他喜欢科学，就像他父亲一样。(as)
___He likes science, as his father does.__________________________________________
2) This exam is vital because the score will be ______ by the school you apply to. (B级)
A. looked up B. referred to C. added to D. turned on
3) The book ______ by Mr. Wu is written by my English teacher.
A. referring to B. referred to C. referred D. to refer
2.［原句回放］The UN is an international group made up of countries that want to increase peace, and I’m very happy to have been chosen to be a Goodwill Ambassador for them. 句中made up of 意为 ___由…组成____ ， 作 __后置定语__（成分）。它的反义词组是 ____make up____， 该词组还有 __化妆____、__编造____、___弥补___ 等含义。to have been chosen 是动词不定式的 ___完成____ 时态， 表示动作 ______已经______ 发生。
［拓展］be made up of = consist of 由……组成 be made from/of 由……制成
be made into 被制成 小试牛刀！
1）我很荣幸被邀请参加你们的婚礼。
I feel honored to be invited to attend your wedding. __________________________________
2）所有动物身体都是由细胞构成的吗？。
Are all animals bodies made up of cells? _____________________________________
3）As we all know, the world is ______ seven continents and four oceans. (B级)
A. consisted of B. made in C. made out of D. made up of
4) Women ______ 40 per cent of the workforce. (C级)
A. make out B. make for C. make up D. make into
3.［原句回放］With the help of these armies and other worthy organizations the UN assists the victims of wars and disasters. 句中worthy是 __adj.___ （词性），作 定语____ （成分），意为 ___可敬的____ 。除此之外，worthy 还有 ___值得__ 的意思。assist 意为 帮助___ ，可构成词组 assist sb. _to do_/__with sth _/_in doing_____________。
［拓展］be worthy of +n be worthy of being done be worthy to be done be worth doing/n It is worthwhile to do/ doing 小试牛刀！
用worth，worthy和worthwhile 填空
1) The book he bought is worth_ 100 yuan.
2) His advice is worth considering/consideration.
3) I think the advice is worthy of being considered.
4) I think the city is worthy to be visited.
5) I think it is worthwhile to visit the city.
6) The problem is ______. Which is wrong?
A. worth paying attention to B. worthy to be paid attention to
C. worthy of being paid attention to D. worthy being paid attention to
7) The novel is ______ worth reading.
A. very B. so C. well D. much
4.［原句回放］Watch any TV report on places where there is a war, and you will see soldiers wearing blue berets. 该句是由一个 祈使句 + and + 陈述句 组成。Where there is a war 是一个 定语 从句， where 是 关系副词 (词性)。 see soldiers wearing blue berets中wearing blue berets 是 宾补 （成分）。小试牛刀！
努力学习，你会实现梦想的。
Work hard, and you will realize your dreams.______________________________________
快点，否则你就会迟到的。
Hurry up , or you will be late.____________________________________________________
1）Do more speaking, I think, ______ you’ll improve your spoken English.
A. then B. and C. so D. or
5.［原句回放］In addition, my visits will encourage people working on the projects and draw local people’s attention to the situation. 句中in addition意为 另外 ，在句中相当于besides，表示 递进_ 关系。working on the projects在句中充当 后置定语_（成分）。draw one’s attention to 意为 把注意力吸引到…… ， to 是 介词（词性），后接 n/v-ing/pron（词性）。
［拓展］attract/ call/ catch one’s attention 吸引某人注意力 pay one’s attention to 注意，留心 fix /focus one’s attention on 集中注意力于 小试牛刀！
1）Don’t let your students play computer games any more; you should ______ their attention to their study.
A. pay B. turn C. change D. draw （B级）
2）他招手以引起服务员的注意。
He waved to attract the attention of the waiter.
6.［原句回放］There are lots of such promgrammes and funds under the umbrella of the UN, and these have helped millions of people across the world. 句中under the umbrella of 意为在…的管理、保护下 。across the world 意为 在全世界 。
［拓展］ under the leadership of 在……的领导下， under the control of 受……控制， 在进行中 under way , 在建设中 under construction , 在修理中 under repair , 在讨论中 under discussion 。 小试牛刀！
1) The flowers grow well ______ the green house.
A. under the help of B. with the permission of
C. under the leadship of D. under the umbrella of
7.［原句回放］Apart from the urgent problems caused by wars and conflicts, the UN helps countries with other problems such as lack of education, lack of food, poverty, disasters and disease. 句中apart from 意为 除…之外 ，相当于besides（ besides/ except）。lack of 意为 缺乏 ， lack是n.（词性），另外lack 还有 vt.（vt./ vi.）。
［拓展］ be lack of 缺乏 no lack of 不缺乏 for the lack of 由于缺乏 be lacking in 缺乏 小试牛刀！
1）Though ______ money, his parents managed to send him to college （C级）
A. lacked B. lacking of C. lacking D. lacked in
2） The exporer got a disease in blood for the ______ of fresh vegetable and fruit.
A. sake B. lack C. safe D. result （C级）
第二部分：达标测评
I. 根据要求将下列句子翻译成英文
1. 他很高兴被提供了一个出国的机会。(be happy to )
He is happy to have been offered a chance to go abroad.______________________________
2. 如果操作不当，机器就会很快坏掉。(operate )
If operated improperly, the machine will break down soon.____________________________
3. 除了恶劣的天气之外，我们还经常遇到野兽。(apart from )
Apart from the bad weather, we also meet with wild animals frequently.__________________
4. 缺水是这个地区最大的难题。(lack )
Lack of water is the biggest problem in this area.____________________________________
II. 单项填空
1. It is really dangerous. One more step ______ the baby will fall into the well.
A. or B. so C. but D. and
2. If the tickets are still ______ to us, I want to buy one.
A. able B. available C. acceptable D.enjoyable
3. Most of us know we should cut down on fat, but knowing such things isn’t much help when it ______ shopping and eating.
A.refers to B. speaks of C. focuses on D. comes to
4. He ______ so much work that he couldn’t really do it efficiently.
A. put on B. took on C. took in D. took over
5. Much attention should be paid to ______ people destroying the rain forest.
A. stop B. stopping C. keep D. keeping
6. Most people don’t realize the amount of effort that is _______ in writing.
A. involved B. involving C. contained D. called
7. ______ these arrangements, extra ambulances will be on duty until midnight.
A. In addition B. In addition to C. except D. what’s more
8. Health problems are closely connected with bad eating habits and a ______ of exercise.
A. limit B. lack C. need D. demand
篇7：模块6 Unit 2 Word power 学案(译林牛津版高二英语选修六学案设计)
v adj (修饰人) adj (修饰物) n
scary
frighten
fear
frustrated
exciting
thrill
encourage
inspire
pleasing
amuse
embarrassed
surprised
shocked
tire
depress
satisfied
amaze
interest
annoy
disappointing
一、 写出下列词形变换：
_
二、 写出下列词语的名词：
1． betray
2． desperate
3． entertain
4. optimistic
5. enthusiastic
6. communicate
7. independent
8. admire
9. dedicated
10. guide
11. accomplish
12. arrange
13. innocent
14. secure
15. hopeless
16. lonely
三、 中英配对
1. over the moon A. 愁眉苦脸
2. hot under the collar B. 某人很幸运
3. on cloud nine C. 十分生气
4. down in the dumps D. 欣喜若狂
5. laugh one’s head off E. 无比幸福
6. luck iswas smiling on sb F. 大笑.
7. let the cat out of the bag G. 胸中自有主张
8. havekeep sth up your sleeve H. (无意中)泄露秘密
9. Justice has long arms. I. 先苦后甜。
10. Lies have short legs. J. 争分夺秒效率高。
11. One false move may lose the game. K. 天网恢恢，疏而不漏。
12. One hour today is worth two tomorrow. L. 谎言总是站不住脚的。
13. A leopard cannot change its spots. M. 新官上任三把火。
14. No sweet without sweat. N. 一着不慎，满盘皆输。
15. Lookers-on see more than players. O. 江山易改，本性难移。
16. Every man has his hobby horse. P. 失之毫厘，差之千里。
17. A new broom sweeps clean. Q. 病从口人。
18. A good beginning makes a good ending. R. 青菜萝卜各有所好。
19. A fall in the pit, a gain in your wit. S. 君子之交淡如水。
20. A miss is as good as a mile. T. 吃一堑，长一智。
21. A close mouth catches no flies. U. 善始善终。
22. A hedge between keeps friendship green. V. 当局者迷，旁观者清。
23.
KEYS
v adj (修饰人) adj (修饰物) n
scare scared scary scare
frighten frightened frightening fright
fear fearful fearsome fear
frustrate frustrated frustrating frustration
excite excited exciting excitement
thrill thrilled thrilling thrill
encourage encouraged encouraging encouragement
inspire inspired inspiring inspiration
please pleased pleasing pleasure
amuse amused amusing amusement
embarrass embarrassed embarrassing embarrassment
surprise surprised surprising surprise
shock shocked shocking shock
tire tired tiring tiredness
depress depressed depressing depression
satisfy satisfied satisfactory satisfaction
amaze amazed amazing amazement
interest interested interesting interest
annoy annoyed annoying annoyance
disappoint disappointed disappointing disappointment
二、
1. betrayal 2. desperation
3. entertainment 4. optimism
5. enthusiasm 6. communication
7. independence 8. admiration
9. dedication 10. guidance
11. accomplishment 12. arrangement
13. innocence 14. security
15. hopelessness 16. loneliness
三、
1. D
2. C
3. E
4. A
5. F
5. B
7. H
8. G
9. K
10. L
11. N
12. J
13. O
14. I
15. V
16. R
17. M
18. U
19. N
20. P
21. Q
22. S
篇8：模块6 Unit 2 教学案(学生版)(译林牛津版高二英语选修六学案设计)
M6 unit 2 (Part I )
Welcome to the unit
1. make sb/sth + adj (P17)
He has a strange way of_making_his classes lively and interesting.
make 后面还可以跟名词/do/done 及介词短语作宾语补足语
He made him_captain_of the football team.(队长)
若名词为表示头衔职位的词，则名词前不用冠词。E.g.
Bush was made President of the USA again in .
We don’t need to make him learn.
The waste put into the river makes the river __polluted_(污染)
He was made at a loss at the question.
Words from Reading to Word power
1. search sb/sp 在…搜查， 在…搜索 (P18标题)
The guard searched every corner of the room.
士兵搜查了房间的每个角落。
He was afraid that he might be searched because he had the letter to the Party.
search for sth /sb
They searched for the lost child everywhere.
The police searched everyone for anything banned.
警察在每个过路人身上搜寻禁带品。
The enemy _ searched_ the mountain for the wounded.
敌人搜山寻找伤员。
search n. 搜查，搜索
in search of/ in one’s search for/ in the search for
They went out in search of a cheap hotel.
A search _for_ the missing aircraft is already going on.
人们正在搜寻那架失控的飞机。
The police made repeated searches for cancelled (暗藏的) weapons.
警察反复搜查暗藏的武器。
Volunteers joined the search for the lost child.
有人自告奋勇也来寻找那失踪的孩子
2. struggle (P18 Line4) 争斗，搏斗，打斗
struggle with/to do 挣扎 vi n. 打斗，搏斗，斗争，努力
The two boys are struggling with each other.
The thief struggled _to _ _run_ _away_(逃跑), but failed.
After _a long struggle , she gained control of the business.
经过长期努力，她在业务上已经能够应付自如。
a power struggle 权利斗争 the class struggle 阶级斗争
3. disability (P18 Line4) n. 残疾，无能，无力
people with disability 残疾人
_Physical_ disability causes mental anxiety.
生理残疾会引起心理焦虑。
He swims well _despite/in spite of her disabilities.
他尽管身有残疾却是游泳高手。
Lacking experience is a severe disability for her.
她缺乏经验，这是个很不利的条件。
disabled adj. 残疾的
a disabled child in a wheelchair
the disabled 残疾人
The disabled __are_ well looked after in the country.
be able to do
enable sb to do
The pass enables me to travel half-price on trains.
我用这张通行证坐火车半价。
A rabbit’s large ears enable it to hear the slightest sound.
兔子的大耳朵能听到极细小的声音。
4.join + 党派、团体、组织(P18 Line8)
join the Party/ the League/ the club/ the organization/the Students’ Union/ the army
join A to B 把… 和 … 连接起来
South America is joined_ to North America with only a narrow strait separating North America from Asia.
南美洲和北美洲连在一起，北美洲和亚洲只相隔一条狭窄的海峡。
join up 将…连接起来
To keep the enemy out of his empire, Emperor Qinshihuang had the walls joined up.
为了御敌于国门之外，秦始皇令人把所有的城墙连接起来。
join sb in sth / doing 和… 一起做
join in 参加活动
Join us in the debate. 和我们一起辩论。
At this time her husband left his own work, in which he has been very successful and joined her _in_ her research for this unknown radiation.
当时，她丈夫在自己的实验室里干得非常成功，但他却离开了自己的实验室来和她一起寻找那种不知名的放射元素。
5. injure vt 伤害，损害(P18 Line16)
用于指人体如手、臂、腿等部位受伤。
用于物指损坏、损害。 e.g.:
He injured his left leg while playing football.
Dishonesty injures a business. 欺骗有损生意。
the injured 指受伤的人
The injured _were_ taken to the nearest hospital.
get injured
He got slightly/seriously/badly injured in the fight.
他在打斗中伤的很轻/重
比较：
injure身体或精神的伤害，指对身体的伤害时，意为“轻伤”
hurt 尤其指肉体，精神或心灵上的伤害，含较强烈的“疼痛”之意
harm 指对生物的伤害，也指对抽象事物的伤害
wound 常指在战争、暴力或灾害中受伤，（也可指精神的创伤）
作名词指在战斗中刀或枪引起的创伤、伤口
damage 指伤害人或物使之失去价值、功能或正常的外观，用作名词常指在自然灾害中的损害
e.g.:
He got his finger injured . 他手指受了点轻伤
He fell and hurt his arm. 他摔了一跤，伤了胳膊。
He was rather hurt by their criticism. 他被他们的批评所伤害。
Smoking a lot of cigarettes can _harm_ health. 吸烟过量会危害身体健康。
The fire badly damaged the city hall. 大火使市政厅遭到严重破坏。
注意：wound sb +介词+the+ 人体部位
e.g.：
He was badly wounded __in_ the_ leg in the battle.
战争中他的腿伤的很重。
6. in hospital (P18 Line16) 生病住院/ in bed卧床/ at school在学校/ go to town进城/in town在城里/ go to school去上学/go to church去做礼拜
这些表示特定概念的名词前通常不加冠词，不表示具体的地方。
7. in case (P18 Line20) 假设，万一，以防
in that case 如果那样 in case of + 名词
in any case 无论如何 such being the case 情况如此
in no case 在句首要用倒装句
Bring your dictionary with you in case you will use it.
随身带着字典以防你会用它。
In _any case, you must not tell a lie.
无论如何，你都不能撒谎。
In this case, you wouldn’t have a pan on fire.
那样，你就不会把锅弄着了。
In no case should we be the first to use nuclear weapons, as was claimed by Chairman Mao.
正如毛主席所声明的，我们不能成为第一个适应核武器的国家。
Such being the case, I’ll have to quit the job.
情况既然如此，我只好辞职了。
8. junior (P18 Line25) 地位或身份低的 （通常无比较级）
be junior to sb
He is several years junior to Mr. Cooper.
他比库柏先生小几岁。
用于父子同名时，指儿子在姓名之后用Jur/ Jr/ Jun
如：Sammy Davies Jr 小萨米戴维斯
反义词senior
be senior to 比某人年长
He is 10 years_ junior to me. 他比我大十岁。
He is senior to me, since he joined the firm before me.
他比我资格老，因为他进公司比我早。
子女和父母同名时，用于父母名字前 John Brown Senior 老约翰布朗
9. describe (P18 Line28) 描绘，描写
describe sb/sth
+ 从句
The police asked the witnesses to describe the two suspects.
警察让她描述一下那两名男子。
It’s difficult to describe how I feel.
很难形容我的感受。
describe…as 把…称为，描绘为，形容为…
She _is_ described as an angel.
她被称为天使。
Don’t describe him as_ hard and cruel.
不要将他描绘的既苛刻又残忍。
description n. 描绘 beyond description 难以形容
10. energetic (P18 Line28) adj → energy n.
full of energy 精力充沛
11. apart from(P18 Line29) 除了…之外，若不是
除了…之外，还有
Apart from his nose, he is quite good-looking.
他除了鼻子，哪儿都好看。
Apart from (Besides/ In addition to) the injuries to his face and hands, he broke both legs.
他除了脸部和双手受伤外，两条腿也断了。
12. oneself 自己
One’s life 生命
devote one’s time to sth/ doing sth 向某人/某事奉献了 时间 等
one’s energy 精力
one’s money 金钱
The doctor is determined to devote his whole life to _researching_(研究)Aids virus.
He devotes all his efforts to the task..
devoted adj. 热爱的，忠实的，全心全意的
a devoted son/ friend/ supporter
孝子/忠实的朋友/不遗余力的支持者
Her son, to whom she was so devoted, went abroad 10 years ago.
Devoted (深爱) to their children, the parents work day and night for their education.
Madam Curie was devoted to the study of science.
devotion n. one’s children 对子女深爱
the Party 对党忠诚
devotion to one’s task 全心全意的工作
duty 忠于职守
13. rush vi. (P19Line36) 冲，匆忙的做某事
Don’t rush, take your time. 别着急，慢慢来。
The children rushed out of the school. 孩子们冲出学校。
People rushed to buy the shares. 人们抢着买股份。
vi. rush sb/sth to sp
Ambulances rushed the injured to hospital.
救护车将伤者火速送往医院。
Relief supplies were _rushed_ in. 救济品已急速送到。
rush sb into doing sth 催促某人做某事
I’m not going to be_ rushed into anything.
我不会受人催促草率地做任何事情。
I’m sorry to rush you, but we need a decision by Friday.
我很抱歉催促你，但是我们要在周五之前知道决定。
14. cheer n. (P19 Line42) 欢呼，喝彩，高兴，振奋
reply with cheers 报以喝彩声
She accepted the gift with good cheers. 她欣然接受了那份礼物。
vt. 欢呼，喝彩，使…振奋
The audience cheered for the fine performances.
Cheer up, Frank, it’s not the end of the world.
He cheered me up when I was in trouble.
I’m talking Jane out to cheer her up(使…振作)
. cheerful adj. 快乐的，使人振奋的
a cheerful smile 快乐的微笑 cheerful news 让人高兴的消息
cheerful colors 悦目的色彩 a cheerful room 使人感到愉快的房间
15. spirit (P19 Line43) 精神，心灵
He is troubled in spirit. 他内心苦恼。
in poor/ low spirits 心情低落，精神不振 in high spirits 情绪高昂
16. adapt (P19 Line56) 使…适应，使.. 适合
adapt sth for /to do
Most of the tools have been especially adapted for use by disabled people.
这些工具大多数已经过特别改装，供残疾人使用。
These styles can _be_ _adapted_ to suit individual tastes.
这些样式可修改。
adapt (oneself ) to 适应
We had to adapt quickly _to_ the new system. 我们不得不尽快适应新制度。
A large organization can be slow to adapt to change.大机构可能应变迟缓。
The organisms were forced to adapt in order to survive. 生物被迫适应，以求生存。
It took him a while to _adapt___ _himself_ __to_ his new surroundings.
他过了好一阵子，才适应新环境。
adaptable adj. 有适应能力的， 能适应的
Successful business are highly adaptable to economic change.
成功的企业对于经济转变的适应能力很强。
adaptation n.
the adaptation of desert species to the hot conditions
沙漠物种对炎热环境的适应。
17. stay + adj./adv./prep (P19Line61) 停留，保持（某种状态）
She stayed awake the whole night at the thought of being sent to the West.
一想到要被派往西部，她整夜未合眼。
The door stayed open all night long.
Put the meat in the fridge. It will _stay_ _fresh_for several days.
把肉放在冰箱里，它会保鲜好几天。
Why did you stay away from school? 你为何不上学？
That evening he stayed behind in the office to finish some work.
那天晚上他呆在在办公室里把工作做完了。
18. inspire (P19 Line63) 激励，鼓舞
inspire sb to do sth
The actor’s enthusiasm inspired the kids.
演员们的热情鼓舞着孩子们。
The speech inspired the players to greater success.
讲话激励着运动员们取得更大成功。
By visiting schools, the actors hope to inspire children _to _put_ on_ their own productions.
演员们希望通过访问学校鼓励孩子们演出自己的作品。
inspire 原义表示“ 赋予某人灵感（尤指写作，绘画，作曲等）”
The beautiful scenery inspired the poet to write his greatest poem.
inspired adj. 有创造力的，有雄心壮志的，得到灵感的，常修饰人
e.g an inspired poet/ a young man inspired
有创造力的诗人/ 有雄心壮志的的青年
inspiring adj. 鼓舞人心的， 使人感兴趣的
an inspiring thought/ a book on an inspiring subject
鼓舞人心的想法/ 一本题材令人感兴趣的书
inspiration n. 灵感
I sat down to write an essay (文章)，but found I was completely without inspiration.
19. admire v. (P19 Line64)钦佩 → admirable adj. 令人钦佩的，令人羡慕的，值得羡慕的
admiration . n . 钦佩，羡慕，赞美
admire sb for sth 因…而羡慕，赞美，钦佩某人
They admire our neat garden.
他们称赞我家整洁的花园。
I admire him _for__ his courage in reform.
我钦佩他改革的勇气。
admirable adj. 令人钦佩的，极好的
an admirable performance 优美的表演
admiration n.
Her handling of the crisis fills me with admiration.
她对这一危机的处理使我赞叹不已。
I have great admiration for his courage.
我十分佩服他的勇气。
20. sympathy n. (P21) 同情心 （不可数）
show/feel great sympathy for / towards sb
She has never showed any sympathy for the poor.
她从不同情穷人。
Out of sympathy for the homeless child, she gave him shelter for the night.
出于对这个无家可归的孩子的同情，她留他过夜。
sympathize v. sympathize with sb/sth 同情，支持
21. relate (P22) vt. “讲述，叙述”
He related his trouble to his teacher and asked for his advice.
vi. 涉及，关系到，与…有关
To what events did your remarks relate_?
你的话指的是什么？
This paragraph relates to the October Revolution.
这一段涉及十月革命。
This plant is said to be related to that one.
据说这种植物与那种植物同属一类。
be related to 与… 有关
relating to 关于
relations 关系，联系，亲戚
relative n./ adj. 亲戚，相对的，相关的
relationship n. 关系
The relationship of these two neighbors has long been difficult.
We’ll discuss the paragraph related/relating to (涉及) the October Revolution.
Words(word power, grammar and project)
1. obey vt. 服从，听从，执行
obey orders 服从命令 obey the law 遵守法律
Solders are trained to obey without question.士兵们训练得绝对服从命令。
2. arrange vt,/vi 安排
①arrange sth 安排。。。 整理好。。。
She arranged all her business affairs before going on holiday.
她在度假前把业务都安排好了。
②arrange for sb/sth to do sth 使某人或某物做某事
I’ve arranged for a car to meet you at the airport.
我已经安排了车子去机场接你。
③arrange with sb about sth/to do sth 与某人约定，商定
I’ve arranged with the neighbours about feeding the cats.
我已和邻居商量好喂猫的事。
I arranged with my parents to borrow some money.
我与父母商定借些钱。
3. coach vt 辅导，训练
coach sb for /in sth
coach a swimmer for the Olympics
训练准备参加奥运会的游泳运动员。
coach sb in maths 辅导某人数学
n.教练 a football ,tennis, swimming coach
4. believe in
（1）believe in sb 相信某人
（2）believe in sb/ sth 相信某物的存在
（3）believe in sth /sb /doing 相信某物是对的
You can believe in him. He is reliable.你可以信任他。他是可靠的。
Do you believe in God?你信上帝吗？
He believes in getting plenty of exercise.他认为进行大量的锻炼是对的。
而 believe 相信某人所说的话
I don’t believe you.我不相信你（的话）。
5. allocate vt. 分配
allocate sth to sb/sth 分配某物给某人
He allocated tasks to each of us.
他给我们每个人都分配了工作。
allocate sth for doing 划出（时间，金钱）做。。。。
A large sum of money has been allocated for buying books for the library.
一大笔钱已划拨给图书馆买新书。
allocation n.分配，拨出
We’ve only been given a small allocation of seats this year.
今年我们只分配到了小部分席位
6. adequate adj. 足够的，充分的
adequate time / money
adequate for/to sth
Their earnings are adequate to their needs.
他们挣的钱足够需要。
adequately adv.
adequacy n.
7．quit v. (quitted, quitted)停止，推出
quit sth I heard that he quitted his job.我听说他辞去了工作。
quit doing You should quit making fun of people on these occasions.你不要在这种场合捉弄别人
adj. 摆脱，了结 be quit of sth
She is glad to be quit of him.她为摆脱他而高兴。
8. be tired of 厌倦，厌烦
be tired of sth/doing sth
He is tired of this kind of life without love.他厌倦这种没有爱的生活。
She has been tired of listening to classical music.她听厌了古典音乐。
be tired from 由于。。。而累了
I’m tired from the long journey , so I don’t want to walk.
由于长途跋涉我已经累了，所以我不想走了
9. encouragement n. 鼓励，激励，支持
encourage v.鼓励，鼓舞
encourage sb to do sth
encouraging adj.令人鼓舞的，
encouraged adj.受到鼓舞的
用适当的词填空
The teacher’s words were a great encouragement to him.教师的话对他是极大的鼓舞。
His friends encouraged him to lose weight.他朋友鼓励他减肥。
He felt encouraged by the progress he’d made.他因取得成绩而欢欣鼓舞。
We were encouraged by the encouraging news.我们对这个令人鼓舞的消息所鼓励。
10. ahead of…在…之前，领先，其前面可用well，far，等修饰
ahead of time 提前
He is well ahead of me in maths.她的数学比我好得多。
His education theory was far ahead of their time.他的教育理念远远走在时代前面。
There were six other people ahead of him in the waiting room.在等候室里，他前面还有六个人。
11. at the point 在那时，在那个阶段
At the point, he was a naughty boy.
At that point, we led a hard life.
on the point of 将近…的时候
She was on the point of leaving when I arrived.她正要离开的时候我到了。
12. rush n.（身体）一阵感觉，（感情）一阵激动
a rush of excitement/happiness/pain….
I felt a rush of excitement as she walked by.她走过时，我感到一阵激动。
They made a rush for the door. 他们冲向门口。
I always try to get to work before the rush hour starts.我总是力图在交通高峰之前上班。
13. accomplishment n.完成，成功
accomplish v. 完成，实现
celebrate your accomplishment 庆祝你的成功
accomplish one’s aim/task 达到目的，完成任务
He is a man who will never accomplish anything.他是一个永远一事无成的人。
14. guarantee vt. 保证，保障
guarantee sth
There is no doubt that our government can guarantee our basic human rights.毫无疑问我们的政府能够保障我们的基本人权。
guarantee to do sth
We guarantee to look into the case at once.我们保证马上调查此案。
n. 保证，保单，抵押品
a guarantee of quality质量的保证
It was still under quality.这.还在保修期内
I offer my house as a guarantee.我拿房子作抵押。
15. assist vt. –help 帮助
assist sb to do sth
assist sb with sth/ in doing sth
Good books will assist you to get more knowledge.好书会帮助你获得更多知识。
He assisted me with good ideas and encouragement.他帮助我出好主意并加以鼓励。
The police will assist you in finding your daughter’s address.警察会帮你找到你女儿的地址的。
用assist, help, aid填空
(1)They aided the people in the floored area with money.
(2)Would ten dollars help you out?
(3)I did my best to comfort her, but it didn’t seem to help.
(4)I was employed to assist the manager with his duties.
16. instant adj. 立即的，速食的
instantly adv.
instance n.
instant noodles 方便面 instant coffee 速溶咖啡
The telegram asked for an instant reply.这封电报要求立即回复。
He will be back in an instant.他一会儿就回来。
the instant =the moment=instantly 作连词，意为“一… 就”
The instant you press the switch, the light comes on.你一按开关，灯就亮。
Instantly I saw him, I knew he was the man the police were looking for.我一看这人，就知道他是警察要找的人。
17. company n. 陪伴
I enjoy his company.我喜欢他的陪伴。
for company 作伴，一起
I hate going out alone, so I take my daughter for company.我不喜欢单独出去，所以待女儿作伴。
in company 当着别人的面
It’s bad manners to whisper in company.当着别人的面窃窃私语是不礼貌的。
Language points（Grammar and usage, Task, Project)
1.. I knew I wanted to go for it.(P23L2)
go for 争取，试图得到
John is going for his second gold medal.约翰正在争取他的第二块金牌。
It sounds a great idea . Go for it! 这听起来是个好主意。努力实现吧.
2. feel caught 左右为难(P26L2)
I felt caught between further study and work when I graduated
.当我毕业时，我在继续深造和工作之间感到左右为难。
My bike was caught between two buses.我的自行车夹在了两辆公共汽车之间。
He got caught in a rainstorm on the way home.在回家的路上他遇到了暴风雨。
3. work on 从事于，致力于(P26L11)
He began working on the book in .他是开始写这本书的。
The scientists are still working on inventing new methods of reaching outer spaces.
科学家们正在研究到达外层空间的新途径。
Some pills work on the nerves and make people more relaxed.
有些药对神经产生作用，使人感到更加轻松。
work out 算出，解决，锻炼
4．Whichever way I look at it, I’ll never be really good at anything unless I quit doing everything else.(P26 17)
Whichever ①any that
Take whichever seat you like.坐你喜欢的位子。
②no matter which
It has the same result, whichever way you do it.无论你用哪种方法做，结果都是一样的。
( D )_________ team wins on Saturday will go through to the national championships.
A. No matter what B. No matter which C. Whatever D. Whichever
5. I wish I knew what to do.我希望我知道该怎么做。(P26L20)
wish后跟宾语从句，表示与事实相反的情况，要用虚拟语气。
I wish I were rich _..我希望我很富有。
He wished he hadn’t gone to the party last night..他希望昨天晚上没有去晚会。
wish to do
We wish to go to the island.我们希望去那个岛。
wish sb to do sth
I wish you to inform the manager at once.我希望你马上告诉经理。
wish sb+adj.
I wish him safe at home.我希望他安全到家。
6. look back on 回顾(P30L1)
look back on one’s childhood, one’s old days回顾小时候/过去的日子
They like to look back on those unforgettable years in the army.
他们喜欢回忆在部队度过的难忘的岁月。
As we look back on the month we spent there, our hearts are filled with gratitude.
回想起我们在那里度过的一个月，我们心中充满感激之情。
look back向后看（用于否定句）
After he won the first game, he never looked back..
他首次比赛取胜之后，便一发不可收拾。
look on 观看，旁观
Many people looked on as a man was fighting with a young woman.
当一个男的与一个年轻女子打架时很多人在旁观。
look on …as 把…看作…。
She is looked on as a servant in his home.在他家里她被看作是仆人。
7. All I had to do was go to school.(P30L11)
当主语中含有do时，其表语如果是动词不定式，则往往省略to.
All I had to do was enjoy my adolescence.我要做的就是享受我的青少年生活。
What I want to do is return the books to the library.我想做的是把书还给图书馆。
但All I wanted was to help him.
8. No one will be sad because humans will have learned to fix many of the problems that affect us now.(P31L38)
fix ①此处为“解决”“处理”
It’s not too late to fix the problem , although time is clearly getting short.
尽管时间已明显变得很少，但还是来得及解决这个问题。
②决定，确定，归罪于
Have you fixed a place for the meeting?你确定了开会的地点没有？
Don’t fix all the blame on other people.不要将一切错误都归罪于别人。
We fixed on you to break the news to him.我们决定由你去把这个消息告诉他。
③fix sth on sb 注视，吸引
He fixed his eyes on me as I began to answer his questions.
当我开始回答他的问题时，他的两眼直盯着我。
篇9：Module 6 Unit 1 Word power学案(译林牛津版高二英语选修六学案设计)
主备人：孙雨华 再备人：高二英语备课组成员 审核人：李家圣
Step one: to activate students’ knowledge by asking them if they know the words related to drama or performing and make a list of them.
Eg: What do we call the person who acts in a play?
(________ ________)
What do we call a person who is in charge of a play?
(________)
What is a script made up of?
(_______ _______)
What will an actor read in a script?
(_________ _________)
Introduce some terms about play.
Step two: Have the students focus on Part A and Part B to learn more the vocabulary used on stage.
Step three:Language Points .
1. To be a successful actor, you need to learn the vocabulary used on stage.
“ used” 在这是后置定语，修饰 “the vocabulary”
eg: The book written by Lu Xun is very popular.
2. The person in charge is the director.
“ in charge” 掌管，负责
（sb）in charge of
(sth) in the charge of
eg: My father was in charge of a factory in the past.
The factory was in the charge of my father in the past.
3. Plays are made up of several acts.
be made up of
consist of (无被动式)
eg: Our football team is made up of twelve players and a coach.
Our football team consists of twelve players and a coach.
4. cast
a. 投向: cast a net; cast an eye at sb . eg: He cast an eye at the woman.
b. 全体演员 eg: All the actors in the play are called the cast.
5. You will be expected to be dressed in your costume.
dress sb/ seat sb
eg: She is dressed in red today./a red coat today.
The mother dressed the baby quickly.
I found him seated/ sitting at the table.
The hall can seat 1000 people.
6. scene[c] jewel [c]
scenery[u] jewellery [u]
eg: The sunrise is a beautiful scene.
The small village is natural scenery for ever.
词组：on the scene 在现场， 当场
Step four: Ask students to focus on the passage in Part C, which checks students’ability of understanding and using the words they have learnt.
Step five: Ask students to discuss the following questions to further check students’ comprehension of the passage.
What kinds of things should an actor do to become successful?
Listen to the director
Learn lines by heart
Find out when the character he or she is playing is on stage
Dress in his or her costume and wait in the wings on time
Know the props that are going to be used before going on stage
Calm down and be confident when on stage
Step six:Some idioms about smiling and laughing.
1. to laugh one’s head off: to laugh very hard
eg: I went to see the new comedy. It made me laugh my head off.
2. to laugh in my face 不理睬
eg: When I asked him for longer time to pay back the loan, he just laughted in my face.
3. to have the last laugh 笑到最后， 最终获胜
eg: They fired her last year, but she had the last laugh because she was taken on by their main rivals at twice the salary.
4. all smiles满面笑容
eg: He is all smiles every day.
巩固练习
一． 翻译专业术语：
actress scenery curtains wings direction director stage costume script one-act
二． 用上述专业术语填空：
1. Shakespeare said, “ Life is a play, everyone is an actor on the____.
2. The_______rose and the play began.
3. Not all the lines are in the______, so good actors are supposed to improvise once they are on the stage.
4. Zhang Ziyi is one of the most famous film_____in China now.
5. The white-haired man who is giving the actors instructions over there is our______.
6. The cast came to stage in_____and waved to the audience at the end of the play.
7. Are you ready for your play?
Yes, we’re waiting in the_______.
8 .We put on “ The Lost Necklace” at the English party last weekend. Everyone enjoyed it very much though it was a____play, quite short.
9. Are you sure you know the_____to the hotel?
It seems that we have lost the way.
10. The country is natural______, as we know.
篇10：模块6 Unit 2 单词导学(译林牛津版高二英语选修六导学案)
M6 Unit 2 单词导学
编写人：支明
一、Analysis and explanation
1. injure (vt.) ①使受伤，弄伤，损伤，损害 ②伤害（名誉、自尊等）
The boy injured his leg while playing basketball.
This could seriously injure the company’s reputation.
injured: (adj.) 受伤的，被伤害的，感情受伤的
eg. injured looks ______________ in an injured voice ______________
the dead and the ___________ 死者及伤者
injury: (n.) ①伤害，损害
eg. It’s a severe injury to his reputation. ____________________________
do sb. an injury 伤害某人
②伤，伤口
eg. The nurse is dressing his injuries. ____________________________
辨析：injure, wound, hurt
① injure 一般指由于意外或事故中受伤，指一时难愈之伤。
② wound 指外伤，如刀伤、枪伤、剑伤，尤指在战斗，战争中受伤
③ hurt “受伤”的一般用法，既可指肉体上的伤害，亦可指感情上的伤害，作vi. 时； 意为“疼，疼痛”
2. struggle vi. & n. 努力，奋斗，挣扎，搏斗，抗争
①vi. for sth. 为（争取）……而奋斗，抗争
struggle against/ with sth. 与/和……做斗争/抗争
to one’s feet 挣扎着站起来
eg. The thief struggled in the policeman’s arms.
选介词填空：
struggle ____________ difficulties 与困难搏斗
struggle ____________ power 争夺权力
②n. the struggle for freedom/existence 为自由奋斗，生存竞争
not surrender without a ________________未经奋战不投降
With a____________, he controlled his feelings.
We should keep confident __________________ life. (在与……的抗争中)
3. disability n. 残疾，无能，无力
disable vt. 使无能，使残疾
disabled adj. 残疾的
able (adj.) 有能力的→enable(vt.)使能够→ability(n.)能力
4. in hospital 住院
eg. He is in hospital.
in hospital 住院 in church__________ in office ____________
比较
in the hospital _________ in the church________ in the office__________
5. apart adj.& adv. ①分开的，分离的
eg. The 2 houses are 500 metres ____________. 这两栋房子相距500m.
②和tell或know连用，意为“区别，分别”
eg. I can’t tell these two things apart. _______________________________
③apart from (1)远离，和……不在一起；(2)除……之外（尚有）；⑶除……之外（无）同except，同besides, as well as, in addition to
写出横线处汉语意思：
①Apart from the cost, the Color of the hat doesn’t suit me. ( )
②I have finished apart from the last question. ( )
③Lucy has been accepted by Oxford University, so she had to live apart from her parents.
( )
6. simply adv. 仅仅，只不过；简单地；确定
指出下列句中simply的含义：
①The book explains grammar simply & clearly. ( )
②Simply add hot water & stir(搅动). ( )
③That is simply not true. ( )
simple adj. ①简单的，简易的 ②简朴的，单纯的
simplify vt. 简化 simplified Chinese characters ______________
7. dedicated adj. 投入的，专注的，献身的
搭配：be dedicated to sth./doing sth.
eg. She is dedicated to ___________(write) her novel.
dedicate (vt.) oneself / sth. to sth./doing sth. 献身某人自己/某物在，某事上/做某事上
8. devote vt. 投入，献身
devote (oneself/time/money/energy) to (sb./sth./doing sth.)投身于……，献身于……
eg. He devoted herself to his career.
Every year the millionaire devotes much money to__________ (protect) the environment.
9. rush ①vt. 紧急送往；使冲向；仓促行事
rush sb. to s.p. 紧急送某人到某地 rush s.p. 冲向某地
rush (sb.) into doing sth. 使（某人）仓促做某事
More soldiers were rushed to the front. ____________________________________
Fans rushed the stage after the concert. ____________________________________
②n. a rush on/ for sth. 急需……
There is a rush for medicine in the flooded area.
in a rush 急忙，匆忙 rush hour （上下班的）交通高峰期
eg. I can’t stop. I’m in a rush.
10. severe adj. 严重的，严厉的，严格的
be severe with sb. 对某人要求严格
be severe on/ upon sb./ sth. 对……很严厉的
severe loss/ looks 严重的损失/严肃的神色
11. cheer ①vt.& vi. （使）高兴，使振奋
eg. The good news cheered everybody.
cheer(sb./sth.)up （使）高兴起来，（使）振作起来
eg. I cheered up at the news.
②n. [c] 欢呼，喝彩； [u]愉快，高兴，振奋
You can hear the _______ of the crowd miles away from the football ground.(cheer, cheers)
He is full of __________ in summer.(cheer, cheers)
cheers n. （用于祝酒）干杯，告辞，再见
cheerful adj. 快乐的，高兴的
12. spirits 通常用复数形式，意思是“精神状态，情绪，心境”
in good spirits 情绪好，精神状态饱满 in high spirits 情绪高昂
in low/ poor spirits 情绪低落 raise sb’s spirits 鼓舞某人的情绪
比较：spirit n. 精神；勇气，意志，心态
13. accomplish vt. 完成，实现
eg. 计划的第一部分已顺利完成。
The first part of the plan _________ ________ safely ________.
accomplishment n. 完成，成就，成绩，才艺
14. adapt vt.& vi. ①使适应，使适合
adapt oneself to (sth./doing sth.) 使某人自己适应于某事
adapt to sth. 适应某事
eg. 他花了一个月才适应新环境。
It ________ him a month to _________ himself ________ his new surroundings.
我们的眼睛慢慢地适应了黑暗。
Our eyes slowly __________ __________ the dark.
②改写，改编 adapt sth. for sth. 改编……成为……
eg. This novel has been adapted for television. 这部小说已经被改编成电视节目。
adaptable adj. 能适应的，适应性强的；可改编的
adaptation n. 适应，适应性；改编本
15. optimistic adj. 乐观的，有信心的
be optimistic about sth. 对……乐观的
eg. 她对考试结果不乐观。_____________________________________________
optimism n. 乐观主义 optimist n. 乐观的人，乐观主义者
optimistically adv. 乐观地
16. inspire vt. ①鼓舞，激励
inspire sb. to do sth. 鼓舞某人做某事
inspire sb. with sth.
用某事鼓舞某人
inspire sth. in sb.
eg. The actors inspired the kids with their enthusiasm. 演员们以热情鼓舞着孩子们。
同义句改写：__________________________________________________________
②赋予某人灵感（尤指写作、绘画、作曲等）；启示，启迪
inspire sb. (to sth.)
eg. His paintings were clearly inspired by Monet’s work.
他的绘画显然是受到了莫奈作品的启示。
inspired adj. 受灵感启示的；得自灵感的；有创作力的
inspiring adj. 鼓舞人心的；使人感兴趣的；吸引人的
inspiration n. 灵感； 鼓舞或激励人的人/物 （inspiration to/ for sb.）
eg. （谚）Genius is 10% inspiration & 90% perspiration.
_________________________________________________
17. courage n. 勇气，胆量
encourage ______________ 鼓励某人做某事
discourage _________________ 阻止某人做某事
courageous adj. 勇敢的，无畏的
18. sympathy n. 同情；赞同，支持
feel/ have/ express (no/ little/ some) sympathy for/ towards sb. 对某人表示(不/一点儿/一些)同情
in sympathy with sb./ sth. 对某人/ 事表示支持/赞同，相应发生，因……而出现
in/ with sympathy 同情地
out of sympathy with sb. / sth. 不赞成，不支持某人/事
eg. I feel no sympathy for Jane, it’s all her own fault.
________________________________________________
我确信她一定赞成你的建议。
I’m sure she will be ____________________ your proposal.
sympathetic adj. 表示同情的，出于同情的
19. arrange vi. & vt. 安排，整理，布置，排列，筹划
sth.
sth. for sb./ sth. 为某人/事安排某事
arrange for sth. 为某事做安排
for sb. to do sth. 安排某人做某事
with sb. to do /for sth. 与某人商促做某事/为某事与某人商促
that 主+(should )do 安排，商定
arrangement n.
20. allocate vt. 分配
sb. sth. 分配某物给某人/某单位
allocate sth. to sb./ sth.
sth. for sth. 分配某物作为……
eg. allocate funds for repair work 拨出经费作维修用
He allocated each of us our tasks. (同义句改写)
________________________________________________________________-
sb.
21. be tired of sth. 对……感到厌倦，对……失去兴趣=be bored with
doing
tire sb. out 使某人精疲力竭 be tired out (某人) 精疲力竭
tired adj. 困倦的；疲倦的 tiring adj. 令人困倦的（修饰物）
tiresome adj. 讨厌的，烦人的；令人厌倦的（可修饰人或物）
22. believe in sb./ God 相信某人，信任，信仰上帝
believe sb. 相信某人所说的话 believe it or not 信不信由你
23. communicate vi. & vt. 交流，沟通，传达、传播、传递
communicate sth. to sb./ sth. 使某事被某人知晓，传达事物给某人
communicate with sb. 和某人交流情况/ 交换消息
communicate a disease __________________
eg. 他急于把他的想法传达给他的小组。
He was eager to ______________ his idea _____________ his group.
They communicated in sign language. ________________________
这部小说写的是关于家庭成员彼此无法沟通的一个家庭。
The novel is about a family who can’t _________ __________each other.
communication n. be in communication with sb. 和某人交流
24. quit vt. & vi. 停止，放弃（pt. pp: quitted/ quit）
quit sth./ doing sth. be quit of sb. / sth. 摆脱某人/某事，脱离某人/事
eg. If I don’t get a pay rise, I’ll quit. _______________________________
我很想摆脱这个责任。 _______________________________
25. ahead of ①(时间、空间)在……的前面；②领先于……；③提前于……
④更早，更先进于
写出划线部分的汉语意思：
eg. ①His ideas were ahead of his time. ( )
②He went home ahead of time because of bad cold. ( )
③London is about 5 hours ahead of Now York. ( )
④Ahead of us is a supermarket. ( )
⑤Lucy was always well ahead of the rest of the class. ( )
26. at that point 在那时，在那个阶段
eg. At that point, they were discussing an important task.
27. golden adj. 金色的；金的，黄金般的，极好的
a golden ring ______________ a golden opportunity ________________
golden days/age____________ golden wedding ________________
28. assist vt. 帮助，协助、援助
sb. in/ with sth. 比较： sb. in/with sth. sb.with sth.
assist sb. in doing sth. 帮助某人做某事 aid sb. in doing help sb.(to) do
sb. to do sb. to do
assistance n. 帮助，帮忙，援助 assistant n. 助手，助理
29. instant adj. ①即时的，方便的 ②立即的，立刻的（作定语）
③调制快速方便的，速成的
instant coffee ______________ an instant success _________________
n. 当时，立刻，瞬间
I recognized her the instant (that) I saw her. 我一眼就认出是她。
in an instant 马上
instantly ①adv. 立刻，马上，瞬即=at once/ immediately
②conj. 一……就……=as soon as
30. guarantee vt. 保证，担保 n. （交易的）保证，保证书，保修单
sth.
sb. sth. 担保某人某事
sth. to sb.
guarantee to do sth. 保证做某事
sb./sth. (to be)… 保证……是……
(sb./ sth.) against/ from… 保证……不……
that 从句
under guarantee 在保修期内
完成下列句子：
①The company ___________________________ for a year. 公司对这个钟保修1年。
②I_________________________________ all my debts. 我保证偿还他所有的债务。
③Tom ________________________ here tomorrow. 汤姆保证明天在这儿。
④I _____________________________ loss. 我保证你不受损失。
⑤I_________________that ____________________.我保证他会去的。
⑥Having much money doesn’t ________________________.拥有很有钱并不能保证你快乐。
guarantor 担保人，保证人
guaranty n. （法律上）保证，保证书
二、单项选择：
1. At least 203 miners were killed, 22________& 13__________ in a coal mine gas explosion Monday afternoon in Fuxin.
A. injuring; trapping B. injured; trapped
C. injured; trapping D. injuring; trapped
2. _________ the secret of nature, the young scientist has little time for entertainment.
A. Dedicated himself to bringing out B. Dedicated himself to bring out
C. Dedicated to bringing out D. Dedicating to bringing out
3. ________ a few faults, she was a trust-worthy teacher.
A. Apart B. Apart from C. Beside D. Besides
4. I can’t stop. I’m ________rush.
A. on B. on a C. in D. in a
5. I think you are too severe _________ the boy.
A. to B. on C. of D. toward
6. Give Mary a call; she needs _________ because she failed in the test.
A. to cheer up B. have cheered up C. cheer up D. cheered up
7. I wonder why Tom has been in low _________ recently; he is always a man of ________.
A. spirits; spirits B. spirit; spirit C. spirits; spirit D. spirit; spirits
8. Most of the time has gone by, but we only _________ one-third of our task.
A. accomplished B. are accomplishing
C. have accomplished D. accomplish
9. He failed to __________ himself to the new environment.
A. adopt B. adapt C. attach D. arrange
10. __________ by the hero’s deeds, the students study harder than before.
A. Inspire B. Inspired C. Inspiring D. To inspire
11. The disabled person was begging by the roadside & everyone who went there expressed sympathy __________ him.
A. for B. to C. at D. on
12. In the old days of China, children’s marriage were __________ by their parents.
A. arranged B. tied C. fixed D. made
13. We all felt __________ of the _________child.
A. tired; tiresome B. tired; tiring C. tireless, tired D. tiresome; tiring
14. ________ in sign language, they both can understand very well.
A. Communicate B. Communicated
C. To communicate D. Communicating
15. The police will _________ her address.
A. assist you into finding B. assist you at finding
C. assist you in finding D. assist you to finding
篇11：牛津模块6 Unit 3 全单元教学设计(译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)
Unit 3 Understanding each other
Part One Teaching Design
第一部分 教学设计
Aims and requirements
Read an Internet chat room conversation and a travel brochure
Listen to a conversation about showing foreign visitors around a city
Talk about different cultures, traditions and taboos
Write a letter of apology
Make a reference book about the culture of a country
Procedures
● Welcome to the Unit
Step 1：Brainstorming
As we all know, different countries have different cultures and customs. Look at the following pictures. In which countries do people greet each other in the way like the people in each picture do? (Kiss: Some of the South American countries, Russia, France, Arab countries…; Shaking hands: Britain, China…)
In France, it is the custom to shake hands with people in the office every morning.
Step 2：Sharing information
Look at the following pictures and read the captions under them .
Can you match the ways of greeting with the countries?
Country/Area Ways of greeting
Holland putting their hands together and bowing slightly
Thailand kissing each other on one cheek and then the other
The USA greeting each other by touching noses
South America hugging each other
The Middle East shaking hands with each other
Japan bowing to each other
What about an Arab and a Japanese meeting for the first time? As a Chinese, if you are not familiar with greetings from other countries, what might happen?
(Maybe we would feel embarrassed; we might be involved in awkward situations like…)
Step 3: Discussion
1. Do you know of any other ways of greeting that people around the world use?
2. People in different countries greet each other in different ways. Why?
3. Can you think of any other customs that are different in different parts of the world?
Step 4: Homework
1. Search more information about different ways of greetings and some unique customs in some countries.
2. Prepare the Reading part.
Reading Cultural differences
Step 1: Lead-in
Many people like chatting on line, especially you students. You must have many e-pals.
What do you think of online chat?
Do you think it is really a good way to know more things and make more friends?
Have you ever experienced any funny things or awkward situations when chatting with your cyber friends?
Now, we will read an Internet chat room conversation. Surely you will know all about these after you read it. Sometimes online chat does benefit us a lot.
Step 2: Fast reading for general ideas
Go through the passage as quickly as possible and try to find answers to the three questions in part A on Page34. Just focus on and identify the information needed to answer these questions.
Answers
1. He is from Brunei.
2. He comes from UK.
3. No, they don’t. Only the Sultan and his family do.
Step 3: Detailed reading for important information.
1. Let’s read the passage again and complete Parts C1 and C2 on page 36.
Answers
C1 1. Thanksgiving Day is held to celebrate the first harvest after the European settlers went to live in the USA.
2. Turkey.
3. In the West, the polite time to open a present is when someone gives it to a person, because they like to see the person’s reaction.
4. Guests expect presents as a souvenir to remember the big day.
5. Alcohol.
6. In Brunel, you should use your thumb to point at things.
7. In both places, you should take off your shoes before going inside a house.
C2 4 7 3 1 2 6 5
Step 4: Practice
1. Let’s complete Part D (Refer to the text while complete part D)
Answers
D 1d 2c 3f 4g 5b 6e 7h 8a
2. Now, let’s read Ma Li’s diary about her chat room discussion. Fill in blanks with correct words.
E 1)traditions 2)Thanksgiving 3)harvest 4)Europe 5)celebrate
6)weddings 7)embarrassing 8) presents 9)rude 10) thumb
Step 5: Post-reading activities
1. Now let’s make up a dialogue by using the questions in Part F on Page 37. Work in pairs for a few minutes and then present your dialogue to the whole class.
2. There are also cultural differences in different English-speaking countries. For example:
Americans enjoy a good sense of humour; the British take a somewhat different view and believe a formal approach is the best way; the Australians are more informal and straightforward, often enjoying a good laugh and calling their close friends or new acquaintances by their first names.
3. Discussion:
What might happen if people had no idea of other countries’ cultures?
Do you think it might result in embarrassment on inconvenience?
What do you think about “culture shock”?
4. Do you know more information about cultural differences?
In most countries, nodding your head up and down means ‘yes’.
In some parts of Greece and Turkey, however, this motion can mean ‘no’.
In South-east Asia, nodding your head is a polite way of saying ‘I’ve heard you.’
In the United Stated, when someone puts his thumb up, it means ‘Everything is all right.’ However, in Sardinia of Italy and Greece, the gesture is insulting and should not be used there.
Step 6：Language Points
Vocabulary
Words
difference, accumulate, topic, native, accent, tradition,
celebration, settler, end-of-term, wedding, embarrassing, newly-wed, souvenir, clarify, participate, reception, bridegroom, bride, alcohol, drum, adjust, royal, analyse, excitement, misunderstand, summary, habit, custom, expectation, nationality, homeland, anyway, youth, wage, overseas, consultant, approval, ambition, incident, feast, pepper, proper, procedure, pocket, request, remark, religion, generally, certain, concern, greeting, slight, equally, tour, minority, swap, seal, account, bravery, mask, carve, spirit, claw, wolf, belief, ancestral, govern, steam, belong, plain, flat, power, peace, bow, arrow, retell, roast
Useful expressions
in celebration of, first finger, log off, some day, take up, give out, hold up, body language, shake hands, business card, take part in, hunt for, meet with, belong to, have power over
Sentence patterns 1. He gets quite excited whenever it comes to this topic.
2. If you had joined the chat room ten minutes ago, you would have known what we were talking about!
3. Should you come to Brunei, you would have to take off your shoes….
Step 7: Homework
1. Finish Parts A1 and A2 on page 116 in the workbook.
2. Prepare the part Word Power.
● Word Power
Step 1: Brainstorming
Do you have any difficulty in remembering English words? What methods do you usually use in learning new words? Now I’ll give you some tips to learn and remember English vocabulary.
Remember the spelling of a word by its pronunciation.
Remember the spelling of a word by analyzing the formation of the word.
Remember the meaning of a word by making a sentence with it.
Remember the meaning of a word by studying the origin of the word.
English is one of the most widely-spoken languages in the world and it is used as the international working language in many places throughout the world. But where do the English language and all its words come from? Who invented so many new words? Is it possible that English borrowed words from other languages? If so, Can you give some examples?
Step 2: Vocabulary learning
1. Look at Part A. This is an online article about English words borrowed from other languages. Read the article and analyse how words are borrowed from other languages and used in the English language. Finish the following table.
Language Categories of words
French food, entertainment, jobs
German Tools, mechanical, equipment, snacks, geological terms
Italian music, the arts, the military
Arabic spices, chemicals, animals, food, mathematics
2. Look at Part B. It is a spidergram showing some of the words that have been borrowed from other languages and incorporated into English. Please add more examples if possible.
3. Part C serves as a strengthening exercise to check your ability to understand some new words and use them correctly. You should understand the passage and the exact meanings of these words first and then fill in the blanks correctly.
Answers
C (1) Italian (2) Arabic (3) food (4) restaurant (5) jobs (6) ballet (7)confetti
(8) colonel (9) clock (10) rocket (11) German (12) hamburger (13) alcohol (14) zero
4. In this passage (Part C), which words are borrowed from Italian? What was Italy famous for in the 18th century? What does the writer think of the Germans? Which words are borrowed from German? What were the Arabs great for?
Step 3: Vocabulary extension
Look at Part D. The idioms connect a characteristic with an animal or a thing. Read the idioms and guess the meaning of each of them.
Answers
D 1. slept like a dog 2. as cool as a cucumber 3. as poor as a church mouse
4. as busy as a bee 5. as strong as a horse
Step 4: Homework
1. Finish the two exercises on page 122 in Workbook.
2. Complete the e-mail in Part C.
● Grammar and Usage
Step 1: General introduction
The grammar items in this unit focus on unreal conditionals. Unreal conditionals are used to express a condition or situation that is not real or is imaginary. You should pay attention to the forms of the predicate verbs in different tenses when you use sentences in unreal conditionals. You are expected to use unreal conditionals and how to use unreal conditionals correctly.
Step 2: Explanation
1. Read the following sentences.
If my husband hadn’t been caught in the rain, he would not have got a fever.
Nothing would have happened to him if he had not visited his friend on Saturday
If I were you, I would not have visited the friend on Saturday.
In the above sentences, what has been said is unreal. The verb forms like these can also be
called the subjunctive. Can you find out in what cases the unreal conditionals are used? And can you say the sentences in another way, not using the unreal conditionals?
Sample answers
(1) My husband was caught in the rain, so he got a fever.
(2) He visited his friend on Saturday, so something happened to him.
(3) I am not you, so I visited the friend on Saturday.
2. Read Point 4 to see how to form unreal conditionals of the present, past of future time. Use the three structures to translate some sentences.
(1) 如果我是一个学生，我将更加努力地学习。
(2) 如果你昨天去听音乐会的话， 你将会遇到她了。
(3) 如果明天下雨的话，会议将会推迟。
Sample answers
(1) If I were a doctor, I would save her life without hesitation.
(2) If you had gone to the concert yesterday, you would have met her.
(3) If it rained tomorrow, the meeting would be put off.
3. Please read Point 3 and you will find out only should, were or had can be used in the inversion. Change the following sentences into their normal order and compare the differences between the two types of sentences.
(1) Should it rain tomorrow, we would not go outing.
(2) Had you come earlier, you would have met my sister.
(3) Were you to take the train, you would be there much sooner.
Answers
(1) If it should rain tomorrow, we would not go outing.
(2) If you had come earlier, you would have met my sister.
(3) If you were to take the train, you would be there much sooner.
For reference
动词的语气--虚拟语气
一、语气的定义和种类
l、语气：语气是动词的一种形式，它表示说话人对某一行为或事情的看法和态度。
2、语气的种类：
(1)陈述语气: 表示动作或状态是现实的、确定的或符合事实的，用于陈述句、疑问句和某些感叹句。如：We are not ready. 我们没准备好。What a fine day it is! 多好的天气啊!
(2)祈使语气: 表示说话人的建议、请求、邀请、命令等。如: Open the door, please。请打开门。
(3)虚拟语气: 表示动作或状态不是客观存在的事实，而是说话人的主观愿望、假设或推测等。如: If I were you, I should study English. 如果我是你，我就学英语了。May you succeed! 祝您成功！
二、虚拟语气在条件从句中的用法
条件句有两类，一类是真实条件句，一类是虚拟条件句。如果假设的情况是有可能发生的，就是真实条件何。在这种真实条件句中的谓语用陈述语气。如: If it doesn’t rain tomorrow, we will go to the park. 如果明天不下雨，我们就去公园。
如果假设的情况是过去或现在都不存在的，或将来不大可能发生的，则是虚拟条件句。如: If he had seen you yesterday, he would have asked you about it. 如果他昨天见到你，他会问你这件事的。(事实上他昨天没见到你，因此也未能问你这件事。)
在含有虚拟条件句的复合句中，主句和从句的谓语都要用虚拟语气。现将虚拟条件从句和主句的动词形式列表如下:
从 句 主 句
与现在事实相反 动词的过去式（be的过去式一般用were） would/ should/ could/ might + 动词原形
与过去事实相反 had + 过去分词 would/ should/ could/ might + have + 过去分词
与将来事实相反 动词过去式，should + 动词原形，were to + 动词原形 would/ should/ could/ might + 动词原形
注: 主句中的should只用于I、we，但在美国英语中，should常被would代替；从句中的should 可用于各种人称。
l. 表示与现在事实相反的假设和结果。如: If my brother were here, everything would be all right. 要是我哥哥在这儿, 一切都没问题了。
2. 表示与过去事实相反的假设和结果。如: If you had taken my advice，you wouldn't (couldn’t) have failed in the exam. 如果你按照我的建议去做，你一定不会(不可能)考试不及格。
3. 表示与将来事实可能相反的假设和结果。如: If it were Sunday tomorrow, I should (would，could，might) go to see my grandmother. 如果明天是星期天，我就 (可能)去看望我奶奶。If it were to snow this evening, they would not go out. 如果今晚下雪，他们将不出去了。
4. 在条件句中如果出现were, had, should可省去if，将主语与这些词倒装，例如：
Had the doctor come last night, the boy would have saved.
Were I to go to the moon one day, I would see it with my own eyes.
Should it rain tomorrow, we would stay at home.
For reference
Relative items in recent years’ college entrance examination:
1． I was really anxious about you. You _____ home without a word. (全国)
A. mustn't leave B. shouldn't have left C. couldn't have left D. needn't leave
2．-How do you___ we go to Beijing for our holidays? (福建)
-I think we’d better fly there. It’s much more comfortable.
A. insist B. want C. suppose D. suggest
3. I have lost one of my gloves. I it somewhere.
A. must drop B. must have dropped
C. must be dropping D. must have been dropped
4. Eliza remembers everything exactly as if it ___ yesterday. (全国I)
A. was happening B. happens C. has happened D. happened
5. _______ fired, your health care and other benefits will not be immediately cut off.
A. Would you be B. Should you be C. Could you be D. Might you be
Keys: 1-5 BDBDB
Step 3: practice
1. Read the dialogue between Ma Li and Ye Fei on page 40 and fill in each blank with the proper verb form.
Answers
(1) went (2) would expect (3) went (4) would give (5) went
(6) would see (7) did (8) would be (9) had traveled (10) would have found
(11) went (12) would take (13) had (14) would join (15) would know
2. Read the instructions and the articles on page 41 and underline the sentences which use unreal conditionals.
Answers
In my youth, if I could have traveled to another country, I would have, but I had to work, as our family was very poor and needed another wage. That meant I could not finish my education. Ma Li, education is very important. A good education will help you succeed. Should you get into university in the future, you would have to go and take the opportunity. This will enable you to get a good job. Had I had the chance, I would have really enjoyed it. I think I would have studied Medicine. If you should get the chance to go overseas, then you should take it. I think it is very important to try to understand as much about the world as possible and travel helps you to do that. Hopefully you might become a successful business person or a consultant some day. Were you to do that, you would certainly have our approval and we would all be very proud of you. I am an ld man now, but I still have an ambition to travel to Beijing one day. Should I get to Beijing, I would visit the Forbidden City where the emperors once lived. But I wonder, Ma Li, had I had more opportunities when I was growing up, would I have been as happy as I am now?
Step 4: Consolidation
I. Multiple choice
1. If I ____ where he lived, I ____ a note to him.
A. knew, would B. had known, would have sent
C. know, would send D. knew, would have sent
2. Mary is ill today. If she _____, she ____ absent from school.
A. were not ill; wouldn' t be B. had been ill; wouldn't have been
C. had been ill; should have been D. hadn't been ill; could be
3. If you had enough money, what ________?
A. will you buy B. would you buy C. would you have bought D. will you have bought
4. Were I to do it, I ________ it some other way.
A. will do B. would do C. would have done D. were to do
5. I ________ him the answer ________ possible, but I was so busy then.
A. could tell; if it had been B. must have told; were it
C. should have told; had it been D. should have told; should it be
6. You didn't take his advice. ________ his advice, you ________ such a mistake.
A. Had you taken; wouldn't have made B. If you had taken; would make
C. Were you lo take; shouldn’ t have made D. Have you taken; won t have made
7. If he_____ , he ______ that food. ---- Luckily he was sent to the hospital immediately.
A. was warned; would not take B. had been warned; would not have taken
C. would be warned; had not taken D. would have been warned; had not taken
8. I didn' t see your sister at the meeting. If she _________, she would have met my brother.
A. has come B. did come C. came D. had come
9. Jane would never have gone to the party ________ that Mary would come to see her.
A. has she known B. had she known C. if she know D. if she has known
10. I didn’t know his telephone number. ____ it, I ____ then.
A. Had I known, would ring him up B. Should I know, would have rung him up
C. If I knew; would ring him up D. Had I known; would have rung him up
II. Translation
1. 如果你听了医生的话，你早就恢复健康了。
--------------------------------
2．如果没有虚拟语气，英语就容易多了。
3．如果她更加努力的话，她就成功了。
---------------------------------------
4．万一他不来，你就代替他。
5． 如果我是你，我就不回这个电话。
---------------------------------------
6． 如果我的女儿不忙的话， 她就会来帮助你。
---------------------------------------
Keys
I. 1-5 BACBC 6-10 ABDBD
II.
1. If you had listened to the doctor, you would have already recovered.
2. If there were no subjunctive mood, English would be much easier.
3. If she had worked harder, she would have succeeded.
4. Should he not come, you would take his place.
5. If I were you, I wouldn't return the call.
6. Were my daughter not so busy, she would come to help you.
●Task Writing a letter to explain cultural misunderstandings
Skills building 1: completing a text
In this part, you will learn how to complete a text by listening. You are expected to learn what to do before and after listening and how to use the skills in practice.
1. Read the guidelines on page 42. Read the instructions out and make sure you understand the four tips about what you should do before you listen.
What is the first thing you need to do before listening? Why should we do this?
What should we do next?
How can we decide what the missing words probably are?
What is the fourth thing about?
2. What do you think we should do after we have finished a passage? (Proofread it to ensure that it makes sense and check whether there are any mistakes in it, include any spelling mistakes.) Remember that it is very important to review the text and make sure there are no mistakes or missing words.
Step 1: showing foreign visitors around
1. Go over the instructions to find out what you are going to do in Part A. Read the diary and try to guess what each of the missing words is by using the methods you have learnt in Skills building 1.
You can do this in pairs.
2. Listening practice: Listen to the recording and fill in the missing words. You may check your guesses at the same time.
Tapescript
Li Lin: Well, I think that was a great day. We showed the three visitors around Beijing and I think they enjoyed it. What were their names again?
Zhu Qing: Well, there was Mr Singh from India, Mr Takashi from Japan and Mr Hudson from the USA.
Li Lin: Yes, I thought it was a good day and we managed to visit quite a few places. We did have a few strange incidents though, didn’t?
Zhu Qing: Mmm, it was very odd how Mr Singh reacted when you held out your left hand. He wouldn’t shake hands with you!
Li Lin: Also, he got a bit upset in the restaurant and refused to try the black pepper beer on the menu. I thought most people liked black pepper beef. Perhaps he would have preferred beef and onions.
Zhu Qing: All the visitors I have taken to that restaurant before have really enjoyed it. Mr Takashi and Mr Hudson liked it. Mr Takashi seemed to have a really good time. He asked so many questions in the Forbidden City that I think I know the history very well now! He must have taken about a hundred photos in a day and he kept buying lots of gifts. Some were very expensive. One thing I noticed though was that he was always giving people his business card. He didn’t look very happy when I just put in my pocket. Also, it was very confusing when he kept making an okay sign. We just didn’t know what he wanted.
Li Lin: Mr Hudson thought the Summer Palace was amazing but he got a bit upset before we got on the boat. It was really a pain that he wanted to wait for the next boat as he thought the first one was too crowded. I thought there was plenty of space on it. Well, I suppose we should volunteer to show another set of visitors around next year---- at least we get to improve our English!
Answers
A: (1) three (2) strange (3) upset (4) shake hands (5) beef
(6) gifts (7) business cards (8) OK (9) crowded (10) space
3. Listen to the tape again and try to answer the following questions:
Which tourist attractions did the two students show the three foreigners around? (The Forbidden City and the Summer Palace.)
Why did the writer feel strange about Mr Singh? ( Because he looked upset when the writer
held out his left hand to shake hands with him.)
Where is Mr Singh from? ( He is from India.)
Where is Mr Takashi from? ( He’s from Japan.)
Do you think the OK sign made by Mr Takashi means ‘very good’ or ‘great’? (No.)
Why wouldn’t Mr Hudson get on the boat? (He thought it was too crowded.)
4. Read the first paragraph of Part B and find out what the word ‘taboo’ means. You can go back to the diary entry in Part A. Then read the rest of the article and circle the taboos in different cultures. Find out the reason why Mr Takashi did not look very happy when the student just put his business card in his pocket.
Answers
B: Paragraph 2
…, if you are from India, you may not eat beef because of your religion.
Paragraph 3
In India, it is impossible to shake hands or give someone something with your left hand. Japanese
people may bow and even give out their business cards to greet others and get upset if people do
not look at the cards carefully. So remember not to just put them in your pocket without looking.
5. Read the guidelines in Part C to know what you will do in this part. Listen to the recording to
get more information about cultural habits.
Tapescript
Teacher: From my experience, people from the USA often feel uncomfortable if people are in their ‘personal space’ ( about fifty centimeters around their body). But I heard that business people from Asia have a different idea about personal space and usually stand closer than some people from the USA might like. Latin Americans are the same, and like to greet their colleagues with a hug. I also noticed that in the USA, gift-giving is not part of the culture unlike in many other countries. I saw that gift-giving is very important in Japan and on a trip, Japanese people must bring back lots of gifts. There are also signs which mean different things in different countries. In the USA, an ‘OK’ sign is formed by touching the thumb to the index finger. This is a positive sign in the United Stated, but in France, the same sign means ‘zero’ or ‘worthless’ and in Japan, it is a request for small change.
Skills building 2: asking questions
1. There are many types of questions you can ask. They are as follows:
Do you know…?
Could you please tell me if/whether…?
Please tell me if/whether…
Who is…?
Please tell me his/her name.
When/Where did…?
Please tell me when/where…
How did…?
Do you know how to…?
Why did…?
Can you tell me the reason why…?
2. Read the guidelines on page 44. Make some sentences by using the correct question words.
Step 2: asking about cultural differences
1. Read the instructions to make sure you know what you are going to do. Work individually to form the eight questions in this part.
Answers
(1) What do some people from India not eat?
(2) Which hand shouldn’t be used to shake hands with or give things to people from India?
(3) What do Japanese people have to buy when they travel anywhere?
(4) What should you do when a Japanese person gives you a business card?
(5) What does the OK sign mean to Japanese people?
(6) Why do people from the USA not like crowded places?
2. Work in pairs to do the question-and-answer exercise according to what you have read in the magazine article on page 42 and what you have heard in the recording.
Answers
(1) Some people from India do not eat beef.
(2) The left hand shouldn’t be used to shake hands with or give things to people from India.
(3) When they travel anywhere, Japanese people have to buy many things.
(4) When a Japanese person gives you a business card, you should look at the card carefully.
(5) The OK sign means a request for some small change for Japanese people.
(6) People from the USA feel uncomfortable if others are in their ‘personal space’, which is about 50 centimetres around them.
Skills building 3: writing a letter of apology
In this part, you will read about how to write a letter of apology to explain misunderstandings.
1. There are differences between writing letters in Chinese and writing letters in English. In a formal English letter, you should first write your address and the date. Here is the format of a letter as an example. Sun Ting from Beijing Sunshine Secondary School wants to write a letter to her friend Tan Yi in Sunshine Town:
Beijing Sunshine
Secondary School
Sunshine Town
Beijing 100000
Date 10 June
Tan Yi
88 Sunny Street
Sunshine Town
Beijing 100000
Dear Tan Yi,
( Content of the letter)
Yours sincerely,
Sun Ting
2. If you want to make an apology, what do you usually say? (I apology for…; I want to apology for…)
What do we do if we want to write a letter of apology?
Should we give some explanations?
Step 3: explaining misunderstandings
In this part, you will use the information about taboos in different cultures in Steps 1 and 2, and use the skills you have learnt in Skills building 3 to write a letter to explain how the misunderstandings arose when you showed the three foreigners around Beijing.
1. Read the diary entry and the article in Step 1 again and then discuss in pairs what should be included in the letter. Choose one of the three visitors to write your letter of apology to.
2. Choose a recipient and write the letter of apology. Read your letter to the whole class and try to improve it.
●Project Making a reference book
Part A
1. Answer the following questions:
Every country has some or many ethnic groups. How many ethnic groups do we have in China?
Do you know any different cultures and customs between these groups? What about the ethnic groups in other countries in the world?
If you are to do some research on the cultures, traditions, customs and way of life of different minorities, which minority group will you focus on?
Do you know where you can find the information you need?
2. Scan and skim the four tours and find out in which countries these ethnic groups live. Read the travel brochure carefully and finish the table below.
Ethnic group In which country What to eat Where to live Specific events
Inuit Canada animals, birds and fish Igloos or tents have large summer gatherings
Aborigines Australia food from the bush like lizards and snakes have Aboriginal ceremonies,
play the didgeridoos and use boomerangs
Maoris New Zealand fish and sweet potatoes wooden houses do a dance called the Haka,
eat food cooked in underground ovens and go night fishing
American Indians The USA buffaloes roasted over an open fire teepees wear buffalo skin clothes and feather headdresses,
do a dance called the Sun Dance and hold a bow and arrow competition
3. Do Parts B1 and B2 on page in Workbook to practice using words and phrases learnt in the reading material.
Part B
1. Discuss the eight questions given in this part in groups. Decide which minority culture you want to research and what topics you want to focus on in your research and how to find the information you need. Divide the different tasks among your group members. Each group should make a reference book about an ethnic group with a different culture.
2. Present your reference book to the whole class.
3. Do Parts D1 and D2 on page 119 in Workbook.
●Self-assessment
This section aims to help you determine the progress you have made, what you have achieved and what else you can do to improve your English.
In this unit, 18 items are listed, each with a score of 5, making a total score of 90. These items cover the main study targets in this unit, such as skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing, the use of vocabulary and grammar items as well as doing activities in English. Through assessing yourselves as learners, you can evaluate how well you have achieved the goals in this unit.
The colour bar with five levels shows how confident you yourselves feel about what you have learned. In part A, some items are presented to you and you are asked to check how well you think you’ve developed these skills. Each item corresponds to something you’ve learnt in this unit. For example, by finishing Step 3 on page 45 without any difficulty, you’ll know whether you are able to write a letter of apology. You have the opportunity to evaluate your own skills and abilities in English. If you feel very confident about one item, you get a score of 5. If you feel slightly confident about another item, you get a score of 2. By adding up all the scores you get and dividing it by the total number of items, you’ll get a percentage, which shows your overall level. If you feel there are some items you are not confident about or just slightly confident about, you can think about how to improve on them. In Part B, you are asked to make an action plan, so you will know what to do and how to take some effective measures to improve your confidence.
Part Two Teaching Resources
第二部分 教学资源
●Section 1 A text structure analysis of Cultural difference
I. A tree diagram of the text
II. A retold version of the text
Ma Li has to do her homework on cultural differences. So she goes online to chat with others and find some information she needs.
She gets to know English and American people have unbelievable differences in culture even though they both speak English. For example, the British may be puzzled when Americans talk about Thanksgiving and the huge turkey they eat. There are different reactions in the West and the East when they get presents. Westerners like to open them as soon as they get one. Though there are similarities between wedding traditions in the west, there are also differences between different western countries. In Italy, guests expect to get presents from the newly-weds while the guests are expected to give presents to them in the UK. In Brunei, a male guest has to sit with the bridegroom and the other men and a female guest has to be with the bride and the other women in a different area. What’s more, if you go to Brunei, you should point with your thumb instead of your index finger. You shouldn’t wear yellow. Either.
So remember when in Rome, do as the Romans do.
III. Translation of reading and project
Reading
文化差异
马莉： 嗨，大家好。我的名字叫马莉。我是个来自北京的女孩。今天我想跟大家聊-聊，尽量积累更多有关文化差异方面的知识，因为我要完成一个有关文化差异方面的家庭作业。
瓦利德： 嗨，马莉，我是来自文莱的瓦利德。这是-个非常有趣的话题。在我们文莱的这个学校里 我们总是在体验文化差异，因为我们有几位以英语为母语的英语教师。其中一位来自美国，另外两位来自英国。虽然他们说的是同-种语言(只是带有不同的口音)，在文化方面却有着令人难以置信的差异。
马莉：真的吗?
瓦利德：是的，你可以从美国教师和英国教师各自的传统上发现文化差异的例子。我们的美国教师总是谈论感恩节和他们在感恩节上吃的大火鸡。每当谈到这个话题时他就格外兴奋。而英国教师就不知道对方在谈些什么，也不知道为什么要过感恩节。
马莉： 嗯，我也不知道。
瓦利德：哦，感恩节当初与从欧洲迁居美国大陆的首批移民迁居后庆祝他们的第一个丰收有关。
彼得： 嗨，瓦利德，我发现你又在开讲座了!这次是什么话题呢?
瓦利德：哦，你好，彼得。嗯，要是你在十分钟前就进入聊天室的话，你就知道我们在谈些什么了! 我只不过是在告诉马莉有关文化之间的差异。
彼得： 嗨，马莉，见到你很高兴。我来自英国。我猜想瓦利德已经告诉你关于那位英国老师在期末典礼上一收到礼物马上就打开的事情了吧?
马莉： 不，他还没有说呢，不过，我的美国朋友杰克就是这么做的。
彼得： 嗯，西方人都是这么做的。当有人送给你一份礼物时，你不打它是很不礼貌的行为。我们喜欢看到对方对礼物的反应。我们觉得，不打开礼物的做法非常奇怪!嘿，你知道吗，尽管西方的婚礼传统有很多相似之处，如抛洒五彩纸屑，但不同的西方国家往婚礼方面也还是有差别的。一旦出错可能会非常尴尬!在意大利参加婚礼和在英国参加婚礼是不-样的。在英国，客人应该给新人礼物；而在意大利，新人要给来宾礼物作为纪念，让大家记住这个重要的日子。
马莉： 所以，说得更清楚一些，如果我在英国结婚，我会得到客人的礼物；而如果我在意大利结婚，我得给客人礼物。真有趣!在中国，我们总是大办筵席来庆祝婚礼。
瓦利德：有意思!在文莱，如果男士参加一个婚礼招待会，他得和新郎以及其他男士坐在一起。新娘和其他女土得坐在不同的区域。还有-个区别是：我们在婚礼上提供食物、软饮料、茶 和咖啡，但没有白酒!而且，你很可能睡不了什么觉，因为我们连续好几个小时击鼓庆祝婚礼------有时候通宵!
彼得： 通宵?
瓦利德：是的，我们这里的人都已经习惯了。
马莉： 那么，在你们国家还有哪些事情与别的国家不一样呢，瓦利德?
瓦利德： 嗯，你知道，在很多国家人们用食指来指东西。我们觉得这样的做法是粗鲁的，所以我们用大拇指来指东西。看新来的外教努力适应这个动作的样子很是滑稽。哦，还有，如果你来到文莱，你不能穿着黄颜色的衣服。
马莉： 为什么呢?
瓦利德： 因为黄颜色是皇室的颜色，只有苏丹与其家人能够穿着黄颜色。还有一件事是，如果你来到文莱，你进别人家门之前得脱鞋!
马莉： 这和中国城市里的习俗是一样的!所以，彼得，如果你去文莱或者中国的城市，你要记得在进入别人的房子之前先脱鞋!好了，各位，我要下线了。今天的聊天真的很有趣。我想现在我对不同的文化以及什么是恰当的行为方式有了更多的了解。这确实对我的作业有帮助!我希望我们大家以后能够再次聊天。毕竟，了解文化差异是更多地了解对方的-个好办法。祝大家愉快!
Project
民族风情体验之旅--与众不同的旅游公司。我们愿意给您提供机会，让您接触不同的少数民族文化，亲身体验他们的传统、风俗和生活方式。
路线1--囚纽特体验游
这是一个和加拿大努纳维特区的因纽特人面对面的机会。同因纽特人相处的日子里，你将有机会乘坐狗拉雪橇、划海豹皮制成的皮筏子。
如果你不吃肉，那本次旅行就不适合你了，因为因纽特人的主食就是动物、鸟和龟。这就意味着他们需要四出活动以采集食物。当他们在北极圈最南端的时候，游客将加入他们。你将居住在雪块砌成的拱形圆顶小屋里，或是居住在帐篷里，穿着用动物毛皮缝制的衣服。
因纽特人通常按照小的家庭单位居住和生活，但会举行大型夏日聚会，大家享受丰盛的食物、举行庆祝活动，同时相互讲故事。你将有机会参加一个这样的大型聚会活动。你还有机会参加击鼓和跳舞，聆听他们传统的英勇的故事，还可以参与游戏项目!跳舞的时候，他们或许还会邀请你戴上一个特别的专门用来跳动物舞蹈的面具，这个面具通常是用木头雕刻而成的。因纽特人相信动物灵魂。他们的珠宝都是用猫头鹰的爪子、狼的骨头和鸟的头盖骨做成的，你将有机会亲手做一些这种不同寻常的珠宝。
路线2--澳大利亚土著历险之旅
本次旅行的目的地是澳大利亚的卡喀杜，其中包括要在卡喀杜一个土著村庄逗留三天。在这里，你将有机会目睹基于古老的土著信仰之上的、人们又唱又跳的土著仪式。澳大利亚土著相信，是 “太祖神灵”创造了地球上所有的人、动物、植物和鸟类。他们相信，“太祖神灵”将人、植物和鸟 类安置在不同的地方，制定规则和律法来管理他们。这些土著仪式有时可持续好几个小时之久。
土著人从周围的灌木丛中采集食物，常常深入洞穴里捕猎大型蜥蜴和蛇。你将有机会品尝一些非常奇怪的食物!本次旅行过程中你还会了解到澳大利亚土著乐器，比如迪吉里杜管，以及他们使 用的狩猎武器之-回飞镖。
路线3--神秘的毛利人
新西兰现为毛利民族的家园。据信毛利人来自太平洋的波利尼西亚群岛。他们给新西兰带来了在歌舞、雕刻和编织方面有丰富内涵的波利尼西亚文化。毛利人信仰多神教，如信仰森林之神和海洋之神。人们通过歌舞的形式来纪念诸神。
毛利人有一个传统的聚会房舍，他们在这里欢迎客人的到来。这将是你会见毛利人并参加其哈卡舞的地方。
你将住在罗吐鲁阿地区当地一户人家的木屋里。在那里，你将品尝到鱼以及用叶子包裹起来然后在滚热的石头上蒸煮的红薯。你将有机会吃到用地锅做成的食物。你还有机会在夜晚出去捕鱼。
路线4--美洲印第安土著历险之旅
美洲印第安土著民族有许多不同的部落。在本次行程中，你将参观北美洲中部的-个部落。他们被称为平原印第安人，因为他们生活在乎坦开阔的土地上。平原印第安人信奉至上神，至上神对包括动物、树木、石头和云彩在内的一切拥有控制权。
你会睡在一个特别的帐篷里，这是一个印第安人用树皮或兽皮制成的圆锥形帐篷，你将穿着用北美野牛皮缝制的衣服，戴着用羽毛制成的头饰。你还会参加拜日舞，拜日舞是-个非常重要的仪式，在那里你还会见到土著人抽和平烟斗。你还会看到射箭比赛，这个比赛的目的是为了重新讲述过去的平原印第安人是如何狩猎的。你吃的食物将会有在户外烧烤的野牛肉。
● Section 2 Background information about Cultural differences
I. April Fool’s Day-History, Traditions and more
Unlike most of the other nonfoolish holidays, the history of April Fool's Day, sometimes called All Fool's Day, is not totally clear. There really wasn't a “first April Fool's Day” that can be pinpointed on the calendar. Some believe it sort of evolved simultaneously in several cultures at the same time, from celebrations involving the first day of spring.
The closest point in time that can be identified as the beginning of this tradition was in 1582, in France. Prior to that year, the new year was celebrated for eight days, beginning on March 25. The celebration culminated on April 1. With the reform of the calendar under Charles IX, the Gregorian Calendar was introduced, and New Year's Day was moved to January 1.
However, communications being what they were in the days when news traveled by foot, many people did not receive the news for several years. Others, the more obstinate crowd, refused to accept the new calendar and continued to celebrate the new year on April 1. These backward folk were labeled as “fools” by the general populace. They were subject to some ridicule, and were often sent on “fools errands” or were made the butt of other practical jokes.
This harassment evolved, over time, into a tradition of prank-playing on the first day of April. The tradition eventually spread to England and Scotland in the eighteenth century. It was later introduced to the American colonies of both the English and French. April Fool's Day thus developed into an international fun festival, so to speak, with different nationalities specializing in their own brand of humor at the expense of their friends and families.
Mexico's counterpart of April Fool's Day is actually observed on December 28. Originally, the day was a sad remembrance of the slaughter of the innocent children by King Herod. It eventually evolved into a lighter commemoration involving pranks and trickery.
Pranks performed on April Fool's Day range from the simple, (such as saying, “Your shoe's untied!), to the elaborate. Setting a roommate's alarm clock back an hour is a common gag. Whatever the prank, the trickster usually ends it by yelling to his victim, ”April Fool!“
Practical jokes are a common practice on April Fool's Day. Sometimes, elaborate practical jokes are played on friends or relatives that last the entire day. The news media even gets involved. For instance, a British short film once shown on April Fool's Day was a fairly detailed documentary about ”spaghetti farmers“ and how they harvest their crop from the spaghetti trees.
April Fool's Day is a ”for-fun-only“ observance. Nobody is expected to buy gifts or to take their ”significant other“ out to eat in a fancy restaurant. Nobody gets off work or school. It's simply a fun little holiday, but a holiday on which one must remain forever vigilant, for he may be the next April Fool!
II. 文化震撼与调适
「文化震撼」（Culture Shock）主要是来自于两个不同文化差异而引起。可以发生在任何时候，任何新环境。很多时候，「文化震撼」会引起身体上的一些症状：如头痛、胃囗不好、睡眠失调或者心理上的焦虑、沮丧。
几乎每一个留学生都经验过文化震撼, 其实文化震撼并不是指突发一次即结束的 ”shock“ 的感觉，而是在一段时间内，密集式的有强有弱的震惊，仓惶和被冲击到的感觉。过去的文化背景和新文化差异愈大时，震撼的感觉会愈强且愈密集。文化震撼到结束，其实就是一个适应新文化的过程。对留学生来说，它通常有四个阶段：
1.抵美初期：这时候最急着学习、认识新环境、找寻住所、安排生活、选课和练习英文。整个
人充满热情和自信，急着安顿下来，同时又想赶快尝试许多事情。
2.蜜月期：你开始慢慢习惯新的环境时，适应的「蜜月期」就开始了。在这阶段，常常会觉得美国好多地方都「好好！」
3.震撼期：随着你更深入的接触美国文化，蜜月期就快结束了，而震撼期接着开始。这个阶段最主要的特色就是困惑和不舒服（包括生理和心理）。这时特别要注意身体健康，保持均衡饮食和适度运动。你必须试着调整自己，度过文化震撼。以下建议或许有些帮助：（1）保持你自己的观点；（2）重新评估你的期望；（3）敞开胸怀并培养敏锐的观察力（4）不要退缩：埋在书堆不是最好解决问题的方法，你必须去接触人、接触生活；（5）加强英文；（6）学会感谢；（7）找寻帮助。
4.恢复期
III 一般及社交礼仪
入境就要随俗，了解一些一般的美式生活礼仪是必要的，免得在各种场合里，做出不合宜的举动，使自己或对方尴尬。
1.一般礼仪：
一般而言，美国人在日常生活起居是大而化之，不讲俗套；和陌生人打打招呼，不见得便是想和你做友；一场愉快的交谈，不见得会变成知心莫逆，只有主动接触，以愉快的心情应对。以下是一些一般礼仪提供参考：
（1）常面带微笑，碰到认识的朋友时，主动的问候对方，别人问候你，也要反问候对方，表示关心。
（2）说话时语气诚恳、态度大方，当别人问候你时，回答尽量简洁。
（3）多赞美对方。
（4）到别人家作客时，有机会就要「赞不绝囗」。
（5）要注意自己的仪容整洁。
（6）别忘了说「Excuse me」，「Please」和「Thank You」。
2.社交礼仪：
（1）时间观念：约会应准时，如赴宴则最好迟到几分钟；如果早主人先到，反而失礼。若有紧急状况无法准时赴约，必须电话通知和解释，绝不可无疾而终，随意放人空等。
（2）赴宴：美国人会常说「随时来找我」，有些邀约是相当诚恳的，但拜访前仍应事先电话连系，确定时间，以免自己的「随时」而造成别人的不便。
（3）餐桌礼节：
a.餐巾用来拭嘴，切忌用来擦手或餐具。
b.注意使用刀叉顺序，以及叉匙性质。
c.刀叉斜放盘缘，表示尚在用餐之中；若完全放在盘中，则表示已使用完毕。
d.盐、胡椒瓶倘离座远，不可伸手去取，而须请隔座代劳递送。
e.上甜点或咖啡时，主人可开始致词，主宾亦可利用此时答谢。
（4）行路乘车：
行路一般以右为尊，女士同行，男士应走左边，出入应为女士推门。搭车时，车主驾车，前座为尊，馀则以后座右侧为尊。自己开车时须先为客人开车门，等坐定后始上车启动。
IV美国重要节日
节日通常有其特殊的文化背景，节日的仪式也有其特殊的意义。一年中，美国人按照传统习惯要欢度许多节日，庆祝方式各不相同。根据时间先后，主要节日有：
1.新年（New Year's Day）：
一月一日美国人过新年，但最热闹的是除夕晚上。
2.情人节（St. Valentine's Day）：
二月十四日，是情侣们交换礼物，表示爱意的欢乐节日。
3.圣派克节（St. Patrick's Day）：
三月十七日，纪念爱尔兰（Ireland）守护神圣派克。
4.复活节（Easter）：
复活节是基督教纪念耶稣复活的一个宗教节日。每年春分过去，第一次月圆后的第一个星期日就是复活节。如果月圆那天正好是星期日，复活节将延迟一周举行。彩蛋和兔子是复活节的象徵。复活节的传统食品主要有羊肉和火腿。
5.阵亡将士纪念日（Memorial Day）：
阵亡将士纪念日是美国大多数州都要纪念的节日，许多州将它订在五月的最后一个星期一。
6.独立日（Independence Day）：
独立日即美国的国庆节，日期为七月四日，以纪念一七七六年七月四日大陆会议通过「独立宣言」。
7.劳动节（Labor Day）：劳动节是美国全国性节日，为九月的第一个星期一，放假一天，以示对劳工的尊重，通常各地会有游行活动。
8.万圣节（Halloween）：
万圣节（All Saints' Day）是西方的传统节日，时间为十月卅一日。万圣节前夜，孩子们装扮成妖魔鬼怪，手提「杰克灯」，跑到邻居家门前，高声喊着：「Trick or Treat」，不给糖果的邻居就会遭到小孩的恶作剧，学校通常也有庆祝万圣节的化妆晚会。
9.感恩节（Thanksgiving Day）：
十一月的最后一个星期四是感恩节。
10.圣诞节（Christmas）：
十二月二十五日圣诞节，纪念耶稣诞辰，是美国最大最热闹的节日。
V. 阿拉伯国家之禁忌
莫夸奖任一中东国家, 不能双手交叉着说话, 洋娃娃不能当礼物, 禁穿有星星图案的衣服, 不送酒
VI. Valentine's Day
St. Valentine's Day has roots in several different legends that have found their way to us through the ages. One of the earliest popular symbols of the day is Cupid（爱神丘比特）, the Roman god of love, who is represented by the image of a young boy with bow and arrow.
February 14 was also a Roman holiday, held in honor of a goddess. Young men randomly chose the name of a young girl to escort to the festivities. The custom of choosing a sweetheart on this date spread through Europe in the Middle Ages, and then to the early American colonies. Throughout the ages, people also believed that birds picked their mates on February 14!
Whatever the odd mixture of origins, St. Valentine's Day is now a day for sweethearts. It is the day that you show your friend or loved one that you care. You can send candy to someone you think is special. Or you can send roses, the flower of love.
Americans of all ages love to send and receive valentines.
For teenagers and adults, major newspapers throughout the country have a Valentine's Day offer. Anyone can send in a message, for a small fee of course, destined for a would-be sweetheart, a good friend, an acquaintance or even a spouse of fifty years. The message is printed in a special section of the newspaper on February 14.
●Section 3 Words and expressions from Reading
●Welcome to the unit
1. Look at the pictures below and discuss the following questions with your partner. (P33)看下面的图画, 并与你的搭档讨论下面的问题.
1) below
adv. 1) at or to a lower level, position or place 在或向较低处
She looked down from the mountain to the valley below.
2) under the surface 在地下
The captain told the sailors to go below.
prep. Lower than; under 在…下;低于
Children below the age of 16 are not allowed to enter.
2) following
adj. next (to be mentioned) 随后的
The child was sick in the evening, but on the following day he seemed well again.
prep. after an event or as a result of 在…之后
Following the speech, there will be a few minutes for questions.
2. In the Middle East, Arabs greet each other by touching noses. (P33) 在中东, 阿拉伯人的见面礼是互相碰鼻子.
touch
vt. 1) be or come together with 9sth. else) so that there is no space between 接触,触及
One of the branches was touching the water.
2) make (sb./sb.s feelings) sympathetic or sad 感动(某人); 触动(某人的感情)
We were all deeply touched by his tragic experience.
touch用作名词的相关短语:
get in touch with 与…取得联系
keep in touch with 与…保持联系
lose touch with 与…失去联系
out of touch with 与…不联系
●Reading--- Cultural differences
1. Today I would like to talk to you guys and try to accumulate some more information about cultural differences because I have to do a piece of homework on cultural differences. (P34) 今天我想和伙计们谈谈, 并想搜集更多的关于文化差异的信息.因为我必须完成一份关于文化差异的家庭作业.
accumulate
vt. &vi. 1) gradually get or gather together an increasing number or quantity of sth. 积累,聚集
By investing wisely she accumulates a fortune.
2) increase in number or quality 增加
Dust or dirt soon accumulate if a house is not cleaned regularly.
2. This is a very interesting topic. (P34) 这是个很有趣的话题.
topic
n. (c) a subject which is discussed, written about or studied:
Our discussion ranged over various topics, such as acid rain and the hole in the ozone layer.
注意比较:
theme
n. (c) the main subject of a talk, book, film, etc. or a short, simple tune on which a piece of music is based: 主题
The theme of loss runs through most of his novels.
title (NAME)
n. (c) the name of a film, book, painting, piece of music, etc: 题目
The title of Evelyn Waugh's first novel was 'Decline and Fall'.
And this next record is the title track on the album 'The Red Shoes' (= the piece of music and the
record are both called 'The Red Shoes').
3. Here at my school in Brunei, we experience cultural differences all the time because we have some native English teachers. (P34) 在文莱, 我们在学校里一直能体会到文化差异, 因为我们有几位以英语为母语的老师.
all the time 一直
The letter I was searching for was in my pocket all the time.
相关短语:
at all times 随时; 永远 at one time 一度; 从前
at a time 每次; 依次 at the time 在那时
at times 有时; 间或 behind time 迟, 晚
ahead of time 提前 for the time being 暂且
in time 及时; 迟早,最后 once upon a time 从前
on time 准时 take one’s time 慢慢来
相关高考试题
----Can the project be finished as planned?
----Sure, ______ it completed in time, we’ll work two more hours a day. （福建）
A. having got B. to get C. getting D. get
答案 ：B
4. He gets quite excited whenever it comes to this topic.（P34）一谈到这个话题，他就很兴奋。
get excited (变得)兴奋起来
He got excited when he heard the news.
Note:（1）get+ p.p. 使自己处于某种状态和情况；或表被动意义。如：
get dressed 穿上 get married 结婚
get burnt 烧伤，晒黑了 get paid 得以付钱
get drunk 喝醉酒 get started 开始
（2）get + adj. 表示达到某种状态或情况
get well/bored/hungry/worried/fat/fit/cold, etc.
come to
1) to reach a particular point or state:
His hair comes right down to his shoulders.
He's tiny, he doesn't even come up to my chest!
And now I come to (= I will mention) my main point.
The war had just come to an end (= ended).
2) to be a particular total when numbers or amounts are added together:
That comes to 25.
3) If you come to a decision, arrangement etc., you make a decision or decide what to think about sth.:
We haven't come to a decision on the matter yet.
Have you come to any conclusions about the story yet?
4)to become conscious again after an accident or operation:
Has he come to yet?
5) If a thought or idea comes to you, you suddenly remember or start to think about it:
I can't remember his name - it'll come to me in a minute.
相关高考试题
Most of us know we should cut down on fat, but knowing such things isn’t much help when it ______ shopping and eating. (2006天津)
A. refers to B. speaks of C. focuses on D. comes to
答案 ：D.
5. I suppose Waled has already told you about the British teacher who opened the present as soon as he was given it at the end-of-term ceremony? （P34）我想威得已经告诉了你关于那位在期末典礼上将收到的礼物立刻就打开了的英国老师的事了吧？
suppose
vt. 1) to think that sth. is likely to be true:
[+ (that)] I couldn't get any reply when I called Dan, so I suppose (that) he's gone out.
He found it a lot more difficult to get a job than he supposed it would be.
[+ (that)] Do you suppose (that) Gillian will marry him?
It is widely supposed (that) the minister will be forced to resign.
[+ to infinitive] We all supposed him to be German, but in fact he was Swiss.
Her new book is supposed to be (= generally people think it is) very good.
2) [+ (that)] used in making polite requests:
I don't suppose (that) you could/I suppose you couldn't lend me 5 till tomorrow, could you?
Note: be supposed to 相当于 should
6. The British teachers didn’t know what he was talking about or what Thanksgiving was held in celebration of. (P34) 来自英国的老师不知道他在谈论什么, 也不知道感恩节是为庆祝什么而举行的.
in celebration of: in order to celebrate
celebrate
vi.&vt. to take part in special enjoyable activities in order to show that a particular occasion is important:
We always celebrate our wedding anniversary by going out to dinner.
If this plan works, we'll celebrate in style (= in a special way).
celebration
n. [C or U] a special social event, such as a party, when you celebrate sth. or the act of celebrating sth.:
There were lively New Year celebrations all over town.
Such good news calls for (= deserves) a celebration!
Let's buy some champagne in celebration of her safe arrival.
注意比较:
celebrate表“庆祝”，宾语是事，即后接sth. 其名词构成的词组为：have/hold a celebration(举行庆祝会)in celebration of…（为了庆祝…）
congratulate表“祝贺”其宾语是受到祝贺的人，可组成短语congratulate sb. on sth./doing…
名词congratulation可构成短语congratulations to sb. on sth./doing…
7. In the UK, the guests are expected to give presents to the newly-weds, but in Italy, the newly-weds are expected to give their guests presents as a souvenir to remember the big day. (P35) 在英国, 客人通常要送礼物给新婚夫妇, 而在意大利,新婚夫妇要给客人门赠送礼物作为记住这一个重要日子的纪念品.
expect
vt. 1) to think or believe sth. will happen, or someone will arrive:
We are expecting a lot of applicants for the job.
[+ (that)] I expect (that) you'll find it somewhere in your bedroom.
I expect (that) he'd have left anyway.
[+ to infinitive] He didn't expect to see me.
The financial performance of the business is fully expected (= almost certain) to improve.
We were half expecting you not to come back.
2) to think that someone should behave in a particular way or do a particular thing:
I expect punctuality from my students.
[+ to infinitive] Borrowers are expected to (= should) return books on time.
expected
adj. [before noun]
The expected counter-attack never happened.
expectancy
n. [U] when you think that sth. exciting or pleasant is going to happen:
There was a general air of expectancy in the crowd.
expectation
n. 1) [C usually plural] when you expect good things to happen in the future:
The holiday lived up to all our expectations (= was as good as we were expecting).
I have high expectations for this job (= I believe it will be good).
We did so well - beyond all (= better than) our expectations.
I think she had unrealistic expectations of motherhood.
2) [C or U] when you expect sth. to happen:
Considering the injuries he's had there can be little expectation of him winning the race.
Our expectations are that the UK will cut its interest
相关高考试题
When he turned professional at the age of 11, Mike _____ to become a world champion by his coach and parents. (2006上海)
A. expected B. was expecting C. was expected D. would be expected
答案 ：C
8. So, to clarify, if I got married in the UK, I would expect a present, but if I got married in Italy, I would have to give a present. (P35) 让我来说得更清楚些. 如果我是在英国结婚的话, 我就会得到一份礼物, 但如果我是在意大利结婚的话, 我就得送给别人一份礼物.
clarify
vt. 1) to make sth. clear or easier to understand by giving more details or a simpler explanation:
Could you clarify the first point please? I don't understand it completely.
The position of all shareholders will be clarified next month when we finalize our proposals.
2) to remove water and unwanted substances from fat, such as butter, by heating it
clarification
n. [C or U]
Some further clarification (= explanation) of your position is needed.
clarified
adj.
You often use clarified butter when making curry.
9. If a man participates in a wedding reception in Brunei, he has to sit with the bridegroom and the other men. (P35) 如果一位男士是在文莱参加婚宴, 他就得和新郎及其他的男士坐在一起.
1) participate
vi. to take part in or become involved in an activity:
She never participates in any of our discussions, does she?
participation
n. [U] when you take part or become involved in sth.
participant
n [C] a person who takes part in or becomes involved in a particular activity
2) reception
n. 1) [U] the act of welcoming someone or sth.:
The new hospital was ready for the reception of its first patients.
See also receive (WELCOME).
2) [C] a formal party at which important people are welcomed:
The President gave a reception for the visiting heads of state.
3) [S] the way in which people react to sth. or someone:
Her first book got a wonderful/warm/frosty reception from the critics.
4) n. [U] the place in a hotel or office building where people go when they first arrive:
Ask for me at reception.
I signed in at the reception desk.
receptionist
n. [C] a person who works in a place such as a hotel, office or hospital, who welcomes and helps visitors and answers the telephone
10. It’s quite funny watching the new foreign teachers trying to adjust to doing that.(p35) 看新来的外国老师试图调整着去做它是很有意思的事.
adjust
vt. 1) to change sth. slightly, especially to make it more correct, effective, or suitable:
If the chair is too high you can adjust it to suit you.
As a teacher you have to adjust your methods to suit the needs of slower children.
2) to arrange your clothing to make yourself look tidy:
She adjusted her skirt, took a deep breath and walked into the room.
vi. to become more familiar with a new situation:
I can't adjust to living on my own.
Her eyes slowly adjusted to the dark.
The lifestyle is so very different - it takes a while to adjust.
adjustable
adj. able to be changed to suit particular needs:
The height of the steering wheel is adjustable.
Is the strap on this helmet adjustable?
adjustment
n. [C or U]1) a small change:
She made a few minor adjustments to the focus of her camera.
2) the ability to become more familiar with a new situation:
He has so far failed to make the adjustment from school to work.
to为介词的短语:
devote…to…, make contributions to…, with a view to…, be/get used to…, be accustomed to…, look forward to…, pay attention to…, get down to…, lead to…, stick to…, object to…, in addition to…, on the way to…, compare to…, turn to…, add to…, point to…, belong to…, reply to…, see to…, etc.
11. …, you need to remember to take your shoes off before you go inside someone’s house! …, (P35) 你在进屋前应记着脱鞋。
take off
1) to remove sth., especially clothes:
He took off his clothes and got into the bath.
After the poisoning scare, the product was taken off the shelves/the market (= removed from sale).
2) If an aircraft, bird or insect takes off, it leaves the ground and begins to fly:
The plane took off at 8.30 a.m.
3) to spend time away from your work:
He took off two weeks in September.
4) to suddenly start to be successful or popular:
Her singing career had just begun to take off.
5) to suddenly leave somewhere, usually without telling anyone that you are going:
When he saw me, he took off in the other direction.
take短语归纳:
take away 除掉, 带走 take back 收回
take down 取下, 拆除, 记下 take in 吸取, 理解, 欺骗
take on 呈现, 接纳 take over 接管, 管理
take up 举起, 拿起 占据, 从事 take out 取出
before
prep. adv. conj.
at or during a time earlier than (the thing mentioned):
You should always wash your hands before meals.
Before leaving he said good-bye to each of them.
He said he had never seen her before.
She's always up before (= earlier than) dawn.
Before he could reach the door, she quickly closed it.
Before we make a decision, does anyone want to say anything else?
It was an hour before (= until) the police arrived.
She had to give the doorman a tip before (= in order that) he would help her with her suitcases.
I feel as though I've been here before (= in the past).
prep. 1) in front of:
The letter K comes before L in the English alphabet.
Many mothers put their children's needs before their own.
We have the whole weekend before us - what shall we do?
He stood up before a whole roomful of people, and asked her to marry him.
2) to be before someone or a group of people, is to be formally considered or examined by that person or group:
The proposal before the committee is that we try and reduce our spending by 10%.
The men appeared before the judge yesterday.
3) if a place is before another place, you will arrive at it first when you are travelling towards the second place:
The bus stop is just before the school.
相关短语:
It will be long before… 做…还需要很长时间
It won’t be long before… 不久就…
It has been a long time since… 自从…以来很久了
before long 不久以后
long before 很久以前
相关高考试题
--- Why didn’t you tell him about the meeting?
--- He rushed out of the room ______ I could say a word. (2006四川)
A. before B. until C. when D. after
答案 ：A
12. …, it’s time for me to log off,…, (P35) 我要下线了.
log
n. [C] a thick piece of tree trunk or branch, especially one cut for burning on a fire
vt./vi. to cut down trees so that you can use their wood:
The forest has been so heavily logged that it is in danger of disappearing.
vt. to officially record sth.:
The Police Complaints Authority has logged more than 90 complaints.
logging
n. [U] the activity of cutting down trees for wood:
logging companies.
log in/on
phrasal verb to connect a computer to a computer system by typing your name, so that you can start working:
Log on using your name and password.
log off/out
phrasal verb to stop a computer being connected to a comput
篇12：牛津模块6 Unit 4 全单元教学设计(译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)
Part One Teaching Design
第一部分 教学设计
Aims and requirements
Read a speech made by a UN Goodwill Ambassador and the diary entry of a Medecins Sans Frontieres (MSF) nurse
Listen to a news report about problems in the mountains in northern Thailand
Discuss the work and skills of a UN Goodwill Ambassador and talk about ways in which students could help children in poor areas
Write a proposal suggesting ways to help poor children
Make an action plan of things you could do to help your community
Procedures
● Welcome to the Unit
Step 1: Brainstorming
As we all known, we human beings are often stricken by natural disasters. Can you name some of them?
flood, fire, volcano, earthquake, typhoon, hurricane, tsunami, desertification, sandstorm
tornado, drought…
Do they have anything in common? What’s it?
They share one common feature, that is, they cause a great deal of damage to buildings and hurt lots of people.
Would you ask for help if you were involved in a natural disaster? Which organization or person would you turn to for help?
firemen, policemen, PLA men, doctors, governments, Red Cross, hospitals, first-aid station…
Step 2: Sharing information
1. Let’s watch a series of news first. What can we learn from the news?
The whole world is a large family. We make every effort to help the people in trouble, no matter who they’re.
To help the people in trouble more efficiently, more and more international organizations are set up. They help many people around the world to have better lives, especially when things go wrong. What organizations do you know of that can help with the people in trouble?
For reference
美国慈善国际组织（Mercy Corps）
英国全球伙伴组织（Global Partner）
爱尔兰关怀组织（Ireland’s Concern）
法国“泪水”基金会（French Tear Fund）
亚洲医生联合协会（AMDA）
世界宣明会(World Vision)
…
For reference
Actually, there are many governmental organizations and non-governmental organizations that aim at improving the harsh situations. The International Committee of the Red Cross is dedicated to providing humanitarian aids in different areas around the world. Doctors Without Borders or Medecins Sans Frontieres ( MSF) is an independent international medical relief organization that aids victims of armed conflicts, epidemics and natural and man-made disasters, and others who lack health care due to social or geographical isolation, There are also some other organizations in the world which serve the purpose of offering help to those in need.
2. Look at the six pictures at page 49, these pictures present situations where people need international aid. Let’s have a discussion about them.
Picture 1
Can you guess from the caption what the main tasks of peacekeeping soldiers are?
To keep the peace in the countries or areas where there have been wars or conflicts.
Do you think these soldiers play an important role in maintaining the world peace?
Do you think this kind of job is very demanding, challenging and risky? Why or why not?
When you grow up, would you like to do this kind of job if you had the chance? Why or why not?
Picture 2
What can you see in the picture?
It is a picture of African children living in a poverty-stricken area. They suffer from malnutrition and hunger because of lack of food..
Can you imagine what will happen to these hungry children if nobody helps?
Some of them may die of hunger.
How do you feel when you see this picture?
How can we help them?
Picture 3
What can you see in the picture?
A flooded area.
Suppose your home was struck by a flood, what would your life be like? Would you still live a normal life as before?
No. For example, the roads would be blocked by the broken trees; the means of communication and traffic-roads and railway would be cut off.
Picture 4
What can you see in the picture?
Water is being pumped into the fields.
What factors can ensure a good harvest?
Proper methods of farming, fertile soil, sufficient volume of rainfall, enough sunlight, advanced technology, etc.
What would happen if there was not enough water for farming?
Farmers would be very worried about their crops if there was a drought, as a drought sometimes can cause a famine.
Picture 5
What is the doctor in the picture doing?
Working to help people in poor countries.
Why do you think that doctors and nurses need to go to poor areas or countries to help?
People in poor areas don’t have money to go to hospital if they are ill. In addition, hospitals in these areas cannot provide the doctors and nurses with enough training or equipment.
Picture 6
Apart from the problems listed above, people in poverty are still facing many other difficulties. Can you name some of them?
Do you think children can receive good education and good medical care in poor areas?
Can their daily necessities be guaranteed? If not, what will happen?
For reference
International aid aims to help people, especially those in the poverty-stricken areas in some developing countries, to improve their living standards and better their lives.
Besides, it offers timely and appropriate medical help and provides sufficient educational opportunities for the children. For more information, you can visit the following website: http: //www.gospelcom.net / ia /
Step 3: Discussion
Have you ever helped people in need? What did you do to help them?
Yes, I have. I remember when I was in primary school, the teacher asked us to donate our pocket money to Project Hope. I gave all my pocket money that I saved a long time. Though it was not much, I still wanted to do something to show that I cared. I also had a pen friend from a rural area in northern China when I was in junior high school. Apart from exchanging information about our lives with her, I occasionally mailed her some of my spare books and stationery. During the Spring Festival, I also shared my red packets with her.
Step 4: Homework
1. Collect more information about international organizations helping people in need.
2. Prepare the Reading part.
Reading The UN-bringing everyone closer together
Step 1: Lead-in
Now, we’re studying in the large, bright classroom equipped with advanced facilities. In this environment, most of us believe we can realize our dreams as long as we work hard. But look at these pictures. Do you think they have dreams as well? What do you think they can do to realize their dreams?
So, we know that in other parts of the world, there are lots of children who are still struggling with starvation or war. Have you ever thought about doing something for those children to help them realize their dreams? If you have, what would you do?
For reference
1. Make a donation to help more children in poor areas to attend school.
2. Help to raise the public’s awareness about the plight of the poor.
…
Step 2: Fast reading for general ideas
Go through the passage as quickly as possible and try to find answers to the three questions in part A on Page 50. Just focus on and identify the information needed to answer these questions.
Answers
A 1 A businesswoman and a Goodwill Ambassador.
2 191 countries.
3 Countries in Africa.
Step 3: Detailed reading for important information
1. Let’s read the speech a second time and complete Parts C1 and C2 on page 52
Answers
C1 1 An international group made up of countries that want to increase peace.
2 Honoured and happy.
3 They come from different countries that belong to the UN.
4 She mainly visits countries where the UN has programmes to help people.
5 Baskets. They sell them at the market.
6 Lack of education, lack of money, lack of food, poverty, disasters and disease.
7 Access to fresh drinking water for everyone and primary education for all children.
C2 1 F 2 F 3 T 4 F 5 T 6 T
2. Listen to the tape and choose the best answers to the following questions:
(1) What occupation does Tang Ning take up in the UN?
A. The Secretary-General.
B. A Goodwill Ambassador.
C. The spoken man.
D. A clerk.
(2) How much money does she earn by doing the job?
A. She earns a lot.
B. She volunteers. She gets no salary for the job.
C. She earns some, though not much.
D. It isn’t mentioned in the article.
(3) What project or projects has she been involved in?
A. She helps develop the world’s education.
B. She helps deal with such problems as poverty and disasters.
C. She visits countries where the UN has programmes to help people.
D. She visits the poorest areas in the world.
Keys BBC
3. Now read the speech a third time and fill in the table with the correct answers.
The United Nations
When it was set up After the Second World War in October 1945
Countries in the UN (originally) 51 countries
(recently) 191 countries
Problems it deals with helps end some of the world’s most horrible conflicts; assists the victims of wars and disasters; protects human rights; improves international laws; helps with other problems such as lack of education, lack of food, poverty, disasters and diseases
Its four main purposes to keep international peace
to develop friendly relationships among nations
to cooperate in solving international problems and in promoting respect for human rights
to be a center for organizing the actions or work of different nations
Goals it promises to achieve by eight goals, one of which is to ensure that fresh drinking water is available to everyone and another is that all children complete primary education
Step 4: Practice
1. Let’s complete Parts D (Refer to the text while completing part D)
Answers
D 1. d 2. f 3. a 4. g 5. I 6.h 7. e 8. c 9. b
2. Now, let’s read an article about Tang Ning’s speech by a newspaper reporter and fill in the blanks with the given words. After that, you’ll be more familiar with the speech. Finish the exercise by yourselves and we’ll check the answers later together.
Answers
(1)honoured (2)international
(3)purposes (4)laws
(5)poverty (6)disasters
(7)encourage (8)drinking water
Step 5: Post-reading activities
1. Pair work:
Now, have a discussion with your partner. Suppose you are a journalist from a local newspaper and have the chance to interview Tang Ning. What other thins do you want to ask her apart from what you already know?
For reference
Ms Tang, I’m very happy to have the chance to interview you today. I know that you do lots of work for the UN but you get no pay. Why do you choose to work without pay? Do you think it’s rewarding? Do you think international organizations like the UN play a significant part in helping those in need and developing society? What if we lived in a world without organizations like the UN?
2. Group work:
Let’s hold a debate: If Tang Ning was not a successful businesswoman, do you think she would still be chosen to be a Goodwill Ambassador?
3. Let’s come to Part F. Work in pairs and share your opinions with each other.
4. Discussion: How do you understand the title The UN-bringing everyone closer together?
Step 6: Language points
Vocabulary Words refer, operate, honour, purpose, touch, conflict, worthy, press, draw, lack, remote
Useful expressions refer to, feel honoured to do, take on, be based on, be involved in, draw one’s attention, add…to…, under the umbrella of, apart from, set out, on behalf of
Sentence patterns 1. I am pleased to have …, as it is more often referred to.
2. As you know, the UN touches the lives of people everywhere.
3. Now let me tell you about the work I have been doing with them.
4. One of the goals is to ensure…. Another is to ensure….
Step 7: Homework
Parts A1 and A2 on page124 in Workbook.
●Word power
Step 1: Brainstorming
1. As we all know, the United Nations plays a very important role in handling world affairs. It touches many parts of our daily lives. The UN works in agriculture, economic growth, education, health, environment, global partnerships and some other fields. The UN is connected to many different organizations that do different projects or programmes.
To know more about the UN organizations, we need to do some research. I suggest you look in newspapers, magazines, books in the library and perhaps on the Internet for more information about how many divisions and organizations are connected to the UN and what they are.
For reference
The UN organizations
Programmes and Funds
1.UNHCR Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees
2. WFP World Food Programme
3. UNRWA United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East
4.UN-HABITAT United Nations Human Settlements Programme (UNHSP)
5. UNFPA United Nations Population Fund
6. UNCDF United Nations Capital Development Fund
7. UNV United Nations Volunteers
8. UNIFEM United Nations Development Fund for Women
9. UNDP United Nations Development Programme
10. UNICEF United Nations Children’s Fund
UNEP United Nations
Environment Programme
1. UNDCP United Nations Drug Control Programme
2. ITC International Trade Centre (UNCTAD/WTO)
3. UNCTAD United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
Specialized Agencies
1. ILO International Labor Organization
2. FAO Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations
3. UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
4. WHO World Health Organization
World Bank Group
1. IBRD International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
2. IDA International Development Association
3. IFC International Finance Corporation
4. MIGA Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency
5. ICSID International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes
6. IMF International Monetary Fund
7. ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
8. IMO International Maritime Organization
9. ITU International Tele-communication Union
10. UPU Universal Postal Union
11. WMO World Meteorological Organization
12. WIPO World Intellectual Property Organization
13. IFAD International Fund for Agricultural Development
14. UNIDO United Nations Industrial Development Organization
15. WTO World Tourism Organization
Step 2: Vocabulary learning
1. First, I’d like to ask you some questions to see whether you’ve got some information about the UN?
Which organizations did you find are connected to the UN?
Please choose one organization and tell us when it was set up. What does the organization mainly focus on?
What do you think of its role in the UN or in the world?
2. Let’s read an article found in the library about the different organizations connected to the UN. Try to know the main functions of these organizations. After that, we’ll have a discussion.
Suppose an island in the middle of the Pacific Ocean has been struck by a terrible hurricane. All the supplies have been cut off, roads have been blocked and lots of people have been blocked and lots of people have been injured. If so, what organizations or programmes could they turn to for help?
Which organizations contribute a lot to the equal education of children and equal treatment of women?
What do the letters E, S and C in UNESCO stand for? In your opinion, what is UNESCO responsible for?
3. Now we’ve had a better understanding of the organizations of the UN. Let’s try to complete the chart on Part B.
Answers
B (2) Food and Agricultural Organization
(3) UN Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
(4) World Health Organization
(5) International Civil Aviation Organization
(6) Universal Postal Union
(7) World Bank group
(8) International Monetary Fund
(10) UN Environment Progamme
(11) UN Drugs Control Programme
(12) UN Development Programme
(13) UN Development Fund for Women
Step3: Vocabulary extension
1. Now let’s come to part C on page 27. Read the passage and fill in the blanks correctly.
Answers
C (1) International Monetary Fund
(2) International Civil Aviation Organization
(3) Universal Postal Union
(4) UN Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
(5) Food and Agricultural Organization
(6) International Labour organization
(7) World Health Organization
2. Do you know what UN and NGOs stand for? Can you give the full name of them?
This shortened version of the name of something is called an acronym. It consists of the first letter of each word of the name. As for the pronunciation of an acronym, it is sometimes read as individual letters and sometimes read as a new word.
Now, please work out the acronyms on P55.
Answers
D
IMF International Monetary fund
FAO Food and Agricultural Organization
ILO International Labour Organization
UNESCO United nations Educational, scientific and cultural organization
WHO World Health Organization
UNEP United Nations Environment Programme
3. Now, I’ll give you more acronyms of international organizations. Do you know their full name?
WTO World Trade Organization
NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
ADB Asian Development bank
ICRC International Committee of the red Cross
ITU International Telecommunication Union
4. Reading:
words: 127 time: 2’10’’
Origin of World Refugee Day
For years, many countries and regions have been holding their own Refugee Days and even Weeks. One of the most widespread is Africa Refugee Day, which is celebrated on 20 June in several countries.
As an expression of solidarity with Africa, which hosts the most refugees, and which traditionally has shown them great generosity, the UN General Assembly adopted Resolution 55/76 on 4 December . In this resolution, the General Assembly noted that 2001 marked the 50th anniversary of the 1951 Convention relating to the Status of Refugees, and that the Organization of African Unity (OAU) had agreed to have International Refugee Day coincide with Africa Refugee Day on 20 June. The Assembly therefore decided that, from 2001, 20 June would be celebrated as World Refugee Day.
Step 4: Homework
Read the transcript in Part B on page 129 in Workbook.
● Grammar and Usage
Step 1: General introduction
This section teaches four other cases that need to use unreal conditionals. You’ll learn the forms of mixed unreal conditionals, words that can replace if-clauses in implied conditionals and the usage of wish or would rather in unreal conditionals.
Step 2: Revision
As we learned in the last unit, when a sentence is talking about something that is not real or currently impossible, the verb will be used in a special form that expresses a wish, possibility, condition, etc.
Here’re some exercises for you. Choose the best answers:
1. Had you listened to the doctor, you _____ all right now.
A. are B. were C. would be D. would have been
2. _____ any change about the date, please tell me immediately.
A. Will there be B. Should there be C. There will be D. There should be
3. _____ today, he would get there by Friday.
A. Would he leave B. Was he leaving
C. Were he to leave D. If he leave
4. Should it rain, the crops _____ .
A. would be saved B. would have been saved
C. will be saved D. had been saved
5. You _____ come earlier. The bus left a moment ago.
A. would B. should have C. may D. have
6. What should we do if it _____ tomorrow?
A. should snow B. would snow C. snow D. will snow
7. You _____ such a serious mistake if you had followed his advice.
A. may not make B. might not make
C. shouldn’t have made D. might not have made
8. If it were not for the fact that you _____ ill, I would ask you to do this right now.
A. were B. had been C. are D. should be
Keys 1-5 CBCAB 6-8 ADC
Step 3: Explanation and practice
1. We should first pay attention to the forms of the predicate verbs in different tenses when we use sentences in unreal conditional. Let’s remember how to form unreal conditionals of the present, past or future time.
tense If-- clause main clause
present did(were) would/ should/ could/ might do
past had done would/ should/ could/ might have done
future did，should do，were to do would/ should/ could/ might do
2. We use mixed conditionals when the main clause and the if-clause are about different tenses.
e.g. 1) If you had come and attended the meeting yesterday, you would know what we are doing now.
2) If you had followed my advice, you would not be in trouble now.
Now, complete Part A. Pay attention to the different tenses in the if-clause and the main clause.
Answers
A (1) had not studied (2) would not be
(3) had studied (4) would have
(5) knew (6) would be
(7) could help (8) would not be
3. Read Point 2. Sometimes we can use otherwise, or and phrases beginning with with, without and but for to replaces a if-clause in implied conditionals. Pay attention to the verb form in the main clauses.
4. In adverbial clauses introduced by even if, as if, as though and if only we can use unreal conditionals.
In object clauses after wish or would rather the subjunctive verb forms are often used because the speaker thinks what is said in the clause is currently not true or possible, or will not happen. You should know different subjunctive verb forms are used in the object clause according to the time that the event happened or will happen.
e.g. 1) I wish you had met him yesterday.
2) Without your help , we couldn’t have made such progress in my study in the past few years .
3) If only you hadn’t told him what I said! Everything would have been all right.
4) Without electronic computers, much of today's advanced technology couldn’t have been achieved.
5. Read the dialogue in Part B and fill in each blank with a proper word or phrase according to the meaning of the sentence.
Answers
B
(1) Without (2) otherwise/or (3) otherwise/or (4) wish (5)With
(6) Without (7) even if (8)without (9) If only (10) as if
For reference
动词的语气--虚拟语气
一、语气的定义和种类
l、语气：语气是动词的一种形式，它表示说话人对某一行为或事情的看法和态度。
2、语气的种类：
(1)陈述语气: 表示动作或状态是现实的、确定的或符合事实的，用于陈述句、疑问句和某些感叹句。如：We are not ready. 我们没准备好。What a fine day it is!多好的天气啊!
(2)祈使语气: 表示说话人的建议、请求、邀请、命令等。如: Open the door, please。请打开门。
(3)虚拟语气: 表示动作或状态不是客观存在的事实，而是说话人的主观愿望、假设或推测等。如: If I were you, I should study English. 如果我是你，我就学英语了。May you succeed! 祝您成功！
二、虚拟语气在条件从句中的用法
条件句有两类，一类是真实条件句，一类是虚拟条件句。如果假设的情况是有可能发生的，就是真实条件何。在这种真实条件句中的谓语用陈述语气。如: If it doesn’t rain tomorrow, we will go to the park. 如果明天不下雨，我们就去公园。
如果假设的情况是过去或现在都不存在的，或将来不大可能发生的，则是虚拟条件句。如: If he had seen you yesterday, he would have asked you about it. 如果他昨天见到你，他会问你这件事的。(事实上他昨天没见到你，因此也未能问你这件事。)
在含有虚拟条件句的复合句中，主句和从句的谓语都要用虚拟语气。现将虚拟条件从句和主句的动词形式列表如下:
从 句 主 句
与现在事实相反 动词的过去式（be的过去式一般用were） would/ should/ could/ might + 动词原形
与过去事实相反 had + 过去分词 would/ should/ could/ might + have + 过去分词
与将来事实相反 动词过去式，should + 动词原形，were to + 动词原形 would/ should/ could/ might + 动词原形
注: 主句中的should只用于I、we，但在美国英语中，should常被would代替；从句中的should 可用于各种人称。
l、表示与现在事实相反的假设和结果。如: If my brother were here, everything would be all right. 要是我哥哥在这儿 ，一切都没问题了。
2、表示与过去事实相反的假设和结果。如: If you had taken my advice，you wouldn't (couldn’t) have failed in the exam. 如果你按照我的建议去做，你一定不会(不可能)考试不及格。
3、表示与将来事实可能相反的假设和结果。如: If it were Sunday tomorrow, I should (would，could，might) go to see my grandmother. 如果明天是星期天，我就 (可能)去看望我奶奶。If it were to snow this evening, they would not go out. 如果今晚下雪，他们将不出去了。
4、有时条件从句中的动作和主句中的动作发生的时间不一致（表示错综时间的虚拟语气），这时动词的形式要根据它所表示的时间加以调整。例如: If you had listened to the doctor, you would be all right now. 如果你当初听了医生的话，身体现在就好了。(从句动作指过去，主句动作指现在)
5、虚拟条件句可以转换成下列形式:
(l)省略连词if。在书面语中，如果虚拟条件从句中有were，had 或 should，可以把if省略，把这几个词放到主语之前，构成主谓倒装。例如: Should he come (If he should come), tell him to ring me up. 他要是来了，让他给我打个电话。Were I you (If I were you), I would not do it. 我要是你，就不做这事。
(2)用介词短语代替条件状语从句。如: Without air (If there were not air), there would be no living things. 如果没有空气的话，就不会有生物了。But for your help (If it hadn’t been for your help) I couldn’t have done it. 要是没有你的帮助，我就不可能完成这件事。 I was busy that day. Otherwise I would have gone there with them. (If I hadn’t been busy that day, I would have gone there with them.) 我那天很忙，否则，我就和他们一起去那儿了。(如果我那天不忙的话，我就……)；I would have finished the work, but I have been ill. (If I hadn’t been ill, I would have finished the work.) 我本来该完成这项工作的，但我生病了。(如果我没生病的话，我就会完成……)
6、省去条件从句或主句：表示虚拟语气的主句或从句有时可以省略，但其含义仍可以推知。
(1)省去条件从句。如: You could have washed your clothes yourself. 你本可以自已洗衣服的。省去了”If you had wanted to“)(事实是:你自己没洗衣服，因为你不想洗。)
(2)省去主句(常用以表示愿望)。如: If my grandmother were with me! 如果我的祖母与我在一起多好啊!(事实是:祖母已不在世。)；If only she had not left! 如果她没走就好了!(事实是:她已经走了。)
三、虚拟语气的其他用法
l、虚拟语气在主语从句中的用法：在”It is important (strange，natural，necessary)that…“这类句型里，that所引导的主语从句中的谓语动词常用 “should十动词原形”结构，表示某事是”重要“、”奇怪“、”自然“、”必要“等意义。如: It is important that every member (should) inform himself of these rules. 重要的是每个成员知道这些规则。
2、虚拟语气在宾语从句中用法：
(1)在动词wish后的宾语从句中，表示与现在或过去的事实相反，或对将来的主观愿望，从句通常省略连词that。1)表示对现在情况的虚拟:从句动词用过去式或过去进行式(be动词一般用were)。如: I wish I knew the answer to the question. 我希望知道这个问题的答案。(可惜不知道)；2）表示对过去情况的虚拟:从句动词常用”had十过去分词“。如: I wish (wished) I hadn’t spent so much money. 我后悔不该花那么多钱。(实际上已经花掉)；3)表示对将来的主观愿望:谓语动词形式为”would十动词原形“。如: I wish it would stop raining. 但愿雨能停止；I wish you would come soon. 但愿你立刻来。
(2)在suggest，demand，order，propose，insist，command，request，desire等动词后的宾语从句中，谓语动词用“should + 动词原形”，表示建议、要求、命令等。如: I demand that he (should) answer me immediately. 我要求他立刻答复我。
3、虚拟语气在状语从句中的用法
(1)在带有even if/ even though引导的让步状语从句的主从复合句中，主句和从句都用虚拟语气，动词形式与含有非真实条件句的虚拟语气相同。如: Even if he had been ill, he would have gone t his office. 即使生了病，他俩去办公室。
(2)由as if或as though引导的状语从句表示比较或方式时。从句谓语形式为动词的过去式(be用were)或 “had十过去分词”。如: He treated me as if I were a stranger. 他那样对待我，好像我是陌生人似的。She talked about the film as if she had really seen it. 她谈论那部影片，就好像她确实看过一样。
注:如果表示的事情可能会发生，那么方式状语从句中的谓语动词可用陈述语气。
4、虚拟语气在定语从句中的用法：在”It is time (that) …“句型中，定语从句的谓语动词常用虚拟语气表示将来，动词形式一般用过去式，意思是”该干某事的时候了“。如: It’s (high) time we did our homework. 我们该做作业了。
5、虚拟语气在简单句中的用法
(1)情态动词的过去式用于现在时态时，表示说话人的谦虚、客气、有礼貌，或委婉的语气，常见于日常会话中。如: It would be better for you not to stay up too late. 你最好别太晚睡觉。
(2)在一些习惯表达中。如: I would rather not tell you. 我宁愿不告诉你。
(3)用“may + 动词原形”表示”祝愿“、”但愿”，此时may须置于句首（多用于正式文体中）。如：May you be happy!祝你快乐！May good luck be yours.祝你顺利。
相关高考试题
1. Eliza remembers everything exactly as if it ____________ yesterday. (2006全国)
A. was happening B. happens C. has happened D. happened
2. ---Don’t you think it necessary that he ________ to Miami but to New York?
---I agree, but the problem is ________he has refused to. (2005江苏)
A. will not be sent; that B. not be sent; that
C. should not be sent; what D. should not send; what
3. If I ________plan to do anything I wanted to, I’d like to go to Tibet and travel through as much of it as possible. (2005湖北)
A. would B. could C. had to D. ought to
Keys 1-3 DBB
Step 4: Consolidation
I. Multiple choice
1. We demanded that we __________ of any change in the plan.
A. informed B. would be informed C. be informed D. had been informed
2. It’s necessary that he _________ a recognized qualification.
A. has B. have C. had D. having
3. It's high time we ____________ our attention to this problem.
A. turned B. turn C. had turned D. would turn
4. If only you __________ him what I said! Everything would have been all right.
A. didn't told B. hadn't told C. would not tell D. would have not told
5. He must have had an accident, or he____________ here then.
A. would have been B. had been C. should have been D. could be
6. Much labour would have been saved if the electronic computers_____________ before.
A. had invented B. were invented
C. should have been invented D. had been invented
7. _____________ cease advertising, prices would be significantly reduced.
A. Were they to B. Could they C. If they D. Would they
8. Five minutes earlier, and we ____________ the last bus.
A. had caught B. should have caught C. could have caught D. caught
9. You ____________ the clothes! We have a washerwoman to do that sort of thing.
A. shouldn't have washed B. mustn't have washed
C. can not have washed D. needn't have washed
10. Jean doesn't want to work right away because she thinks that if she _________ a job she probably wouldn't be able to see her friends very often.
A. has to get B. were to get C. had got D. could have got
11. The mad man was put in the soft-padded cell lest he _____________ himself.
A. injure B. had injured C. injured D. would injure
12. It is politely requested by the hotel management that radios __________ after 11 o'clock at night.
A. were not played B. not to play C. not be played D. did not play
13. You don't have to be in such a hurry. I would rather you _________ on business first.
A. would go B. will go C. went D. have gone
14. It is important that enough money ___________ to fund the project.
A. be collected B. must be collected C. was collected D. can be collected
15. If only the committee __________ the regulations and put them into effect as soon as possible.
A. approve B. will approve C. can approve D. would approve
16. I don't think it advisable that Tom ________ to the job since he has no experience.
A. is assigned B. will be assigned C. be assigned D. has been assigned
17. You _________ her in her office last Friday; she's been out of town for two weeks.
A. needn't have seen B. must have seen C. might have seen D. can't have seen
18. We didn't know his telephone number, otherwise we _________ him.
A. would have telephoned B. must have telephoned
C. would telephone D. had telephoned
19. It is recommended that the project _________ until all the preparations have been made.
A. is not started B. will not be started
C. not be started D. is not to be started
20. I wish I ________ longer this morning, but I had to get up and come to class.
A. could have slept B. slept C. might have slept D. have slept
21. I ________ her to the party but I didn't know her well.
A. ought have invited B. would have invited
C. should invite D. may have invited
22. You ________ to town to see the film last week. It will be on TV tomorrow.
A. needn't go B. should not go C. had better not go D. needn't have gone
23. --- Would you have called her up had it been possible?
---- Yes, but I ________ busy doing my homework..
A. was B. were C. had been D. would be
24. It was essential that the application forms ___________ back before the deadline
A. must be sent B. would be sent C. be sent D. were sent
25. It is important that we ________.
A. shall close the window before we leave B. will close the window before we leave
C. must close the window before we leave D. close the window before we leave
II. Translation
1. 我不知道他的电话号码，否则我就打电话给他了。
2. 他本可以给你更多的帮助，即使他很忙。
3. ---如果可能的话你会不会打电话给他？
---会的，不过我当时在忙着做家庭作业呢。
4．如果你昨晚没有看电影到那么晚的话，你现在就不会这么困了。
5. 没有电，今天人类的生活就完全不同了。
Keys
I. 1-5: CBABC 6-10: DACDB 11-15: ACCAD 16-20: CDACA 21-25: BDACD
II.
1. I didn't know his telephone number, otherwise I would have telephoned him.
2. He might have given you more help, even though he was very busy.
3．---- Would you have called her up had it been possible?
---- Yes, but I were busy doing my homework.
4．If you hadn’t seen that film late last night, you wouldn't be so sleepy.
5．Without electricity, human life would be quite different today.
●Task Helping poor children
Skills building 1: listening for specifics
In this part, you will learn how to listen for problems and the causes of the problems. We always have something specific to listen for when we listen to something. We should try to seize the key phrases or sentences that are relevant.
First let’s have a discussion about the following questions:
If we want to know what the problem is when we are listening to a news report, what phrases or sentences should we pay special attention to?
(The problem is that…/As you can see…/The result is …/This means …)
If we want to know what has caused the problem when we are listening to a news report, what should we pay special attention to?
(This is because…/This problem has been caused by…/Unfortunately, …/…as…)
Step 1: finding out about problems
1. Now read the guidelines in Part A on page 58 to find out what you’ll listen for and what you are asked to do in this part. Go over the table in Part A. Then listen to the tape, trying to complete the table.
Tapescript
Reporter: Here I am in northern Thailand. As you can see, the families living here are living in very poor conditions. There is no running water and no electricity in this village. Water has to be collected from the river 10 minutes’ walk away. This may seem near but when you need water for many things, walking 10 minutes is a long time. The water then needs to be boiled before it can be used. The result of not boiling the water is illness. As you can see, the villagers’ houses are built of wood and are not very strong. This is because they have no money and cannot get hold of any materials. The people have very few things like clothes or furniture because they have no money and they are a long way from the nearest town. There is a bus but you have to walk six kilometers to get to the nearest road.
As I said earlier, there is no electricity in this village, so when it is dark, the only light comes from the small fires that the family cooks over. Unfortunately, much of the forest around the village has been cut down for firewood and so the villagers have to walk further and further away from the village to get wood. This also means that water may not be boiled for long enough as there is very little wood. This is going to be a big problem in the future.
Answers
A (1) no running water (3) no money (4) few clothes or furniture
(5) no electricity (6) forest has been cut down
2. Listen to the second part of the report and finish the table in Part B on P59.
Now listen to the lecture for a second time, and finish Part A & Part B on P33.
Tapescript
Reporter: Over there you can see the school. As the village is poor, the school has no roof. There are no chairs either, so the children have to sit on the floor. When it rains, school is stopped. Many children, especially the girls, do not go to school because they have to stay at home and help their parents or grandparents with the farming of their small pieces of land. All the farming is done by hand as the villagers have no money for equipment. It is difficult to raise animals because of the small amount of land and water available. Because of this and the lack of fresh water, many of the children have poor diets. A common problem is that they de not eat enough meat to get the amount of protein that they need. As a result, they do not grow properly and cannot concentrate on learning. Another problem is that many of the children’s parents have died because of AIDS. This means that the grandparents have to bring up the children. That is very difficult because they are already old and poor.
Answers
B
(1) poverty
(2) many children, especially girls, do not go to school
(4) all farming is done by hand
(5) small amount of land and water available
(6) children have poor diets
(7) children do not grow properly
(8) many of the children’s parents have died of AIDS
(9) grandparents have to bring up children
(10) grandparents are old and poor
3. Read the report in Part C. Try to get more information needed to finish the two tables.
Answers
A (2) repairing of pumps takes several days
B (3) not enough money
Skills building 2: discussing in groups
In this unit, you will review the sentence structures used to make suggestions, ask for opinions, express agreement or disagreement and make conclusions.
1. In a discussion, people usually give suggestions. There are some sentences or sentence structures used particularly for this purpose. What sentences do you know are often used to make suggestions? Remember you should be polite or not too blunt when giving suggestions. Please make some sentences using the structures given on P60.
For reference
I think it would be a good idea to post our proposal on the Internet.
We could help by giving out leaflets to ask people to donate money.
I would like to suggest that we organize a charity show.
It would be a good idea if we sell old books to raise money
2. In a discussion, we also need to know opinions from others, and we often use questions to ask for other people’s opinions. Now please make some sentences to ask others for their opinions.
3. Now, use the skills we have learned in part A to skim and scan for specific information from the newspaper article in Part B and answer the four questions.
4. There are many ways to express personal opinions about a suggestion. Let’s learn how to express disagreement in a polite way. Please make some sentences to express agreement or disagreement using the sentence structures given in point 3 on P60.
For reference
I agree to organize a charity show because more people will come and help.
That’s a great idea, but who will star in the show, who will be the host, and where we will hold the show are all problems we must think about.
I’m sorry but I don’t think that will work because we will need lots of money for the show.
5. At the end of the discussion, the group members should make conclusions and work out a solution. Please make some sentences to give conclusion or solution using the sentence structures given in point 4 on P60.
For reference
So to summarize, our group has decided to organize a charity show.
In conclusion, we have decided to organize a charity show.
Step 2: making suggestions
Now, let’s use the speaking skills we just learned. Let’s have a discussion: What can we do to help the poor children in northern Thailand?
Sample answers
S1: All of us have listened to the news report and read the article about the poor children in northern Thailand. I feel really sorry for them. What do you think we can do to help them?
Does anyone have any suggestions? I’ll write down your ideas.
S2: I think we could help by raising some money for them. I’d like to donate my pocket money.
S3: That’s a good idea. I suggest that we make a poster telling the students in our school about what kind of life these children have. We can ask all the students to donate some of their pocket money.
S4: OK, that sounds like a good idea. I would like to donate some books.
S2: I’m sorry but I don’t think that would work. They won’t be able to read the books because they don’t understand Chinese. Maybe we can give them some English books. Does anyone have any other ideas?
S3: I think we can sell the old Chinese books to get some more money.
S4: Good idea. I would like to suggest giving them some clothes. I have many old clothes that I no longer wear. I think I could give them to the children there.
S2: I agree, but how can we send these books and clothes to them?
S3: We can go to a shipping company and ask if they can help to ship these things there.
S1: OK, so we’ve decided to raise as much money as we can and donate English books and clothes to children. We can also write a letter to them and tell them we want to help them.
Skills building 3: writing a proposal
When we want to give some suggestion, we sometimes need to write a proposal. In this unit, we’ll learn the structure of a proposal and what should be included in a proposal.
Read the six points in this part and try to find out which is the most important point in a proposal.
Step 3: composing a proposal
In this part, you’re required to write a proposal to UNICEF about how to help the hill tribe children in northern Thailand with information that you have learnt in Steps 1and 2.
1. Work in pairs and have a discussion: What should you write on the proposal to UNICEF? What title will you give to your proposal?
2. Now, work in groups of four to write the proposal.
3. Now, let’s share you proposals.
Possible example
Title: Helping the hill tribe children in northern Thailand
Group members: (Students’ own names)
Introduction: We have been researching the problems faced by the children in northern Thailand. There are many villages in northern Thailand where children do not have books. Their classrooms have no roofs. Many girls cannot go to school. Our group would like to help them.
Proposal:
We would like to help the children by:
donating the money collected from the students and teachers in our school
donating English books collected from the students in our school
donating clothes collected from the students in our school
writing a letter to them to tell them that we want to do what we can to help them
Benefits:
Helping the hill tribe children in northern Thailand to go to school and live a better life
Helping us recognize that there are many people in the world that need help
We would be pleased if you would approve our proposal. If you require any further information, please contact us.
Our contact details are:
(Students’ school address)
●Project Making an action plan
Reading
1.At the beginning of this class, let’s watch a video. From it, we know that when a nation is in trouble, the people all over the world will give a hand. And we also know that when a destructive disaster happens, medical aid is especially important to the injured people.
Today we’ll read a diary entry of a nurse who works for an international organization that provides medical service around the world. After that, I’m sure you’ll have a better understanding about what can be done to help poor people in poor areas.
2. Pair work: Have a discussion about the following questions:
Have you ever heard of an organization called MSF?
What does MSF stand for?
What does it mean in English?
Who do you think the members of MSF are?
What do you think the members of MSF do?
For reference
About MSF:
The MSF role in emergency medical aid
Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) is an international humanitarian aid organization that provides emergency medical assistance to populations in danger in more than 70 countries.
In countries where health structures are insufficient or even non-existent, MSF collaborates with authorities such as the Ministry of Health to provide assistance. MSF works in rehabilitation of hospitals and dispensaries, vaccination programmes and water and sanitation projects. MSF also works in remote health care centres, slum areas and provides training of local personnel. All this is done with the objective of rebuilding health structures to acceptable levels.
Raising Awareness
In carrying out humanitarian assistance, MSF seeks also to raise awareness of crisis situations; MSF acts as a witness and will speak out, either in private or in public about the plight of populations in danger for whom MSF works. In doing so, MSF sets out to alleviate human suffering, to protect life and health and to restore and ensure respect for the human beings and their fundamental human rights.
Only a small percentage of the populations that find themselves in a situation of danger gain the attention of the media. MSF teams travel to places that many people have never heard of, to assist those who have fallen victim to natural or man-made disasters. MSF volunteers have a story to tell when they return from their missions, and they use their experiences to speak of what they have seen. For MSF, raising awareness for these populations and the situations they are in is an important task. Whenever possible, MSF volunteers give interviews and make presentations. MSF offices worldwide facilitate the organization of gatherings, for individuals and groups who want to speak in their home communities. MSF also mounts exhibitions and, from time to time, releases publications, with the aim of raising awareness.
It is part of MSF's work to address any violations of basic human rights encountered by field teams, violations perpetrated or sustained by political actors. It does so by confronting the responsible actors themselves, by putting pressure on them through mobilization of the international community and by issuing information publicly. In order to prevent compromise or manipulation of MSF's relief activities, MSF maintains neutrality and independence from individual governments. The organization also tries to ensure that the majority of funds raised for its work comes directly from contributions from the general public. In this way, MSF guarantees equal access to its humanitarian assistance.
MSF has been setting up emergency medical aid missions around the world since 1971.
3. Read the passage “Changing the world---my commitment” Try to answer the first questions on P63.
Answers
1. The nurse and the other members of the medical team set up feeding centers to make sure that people get food, check the health of babies to make sure that they put on weight, give vaccinations to stop children dying from measles, and set up a clinic to take care of injuries. They also have to bury the dead bodies as quickly as possible to stop disease spreading. In addition, they listen to and comfort people.
2. Sometimes there is lots of fighting. There is not enough clean water.
3. She feels she is very lucky to be able to help others and do something worthwhile. She likes her job and she is happy and proud to make a difference to people’s lives on an individual level.
4. Read the passage again and try to judge whether the following statements are true or false.
1) Although there is too much work to do, she can still afford to write her diary every day.
2) The town is in ruins, but fortunately the hospital remains in good condition and usable.
3) Before working in this island, she has never worked in poor areas.
4) There are altogether five people on the medical team ,two doctors , one nurse and two assistants.
5) She worried that malnutrition will be a problem in the future because the fields and harvest have been destroyed.
6) Several MSF staff were attacked as people tried to get the food in Sudan.
Answers
1) F 2) F 3)F 4)T 5) T 6)T
5. Discussion: What does the writer mean by the title “Changing the world-my commitment”?
Making an action plan
Planning
Now let’s work in groups of four and discuss the questions on P63.
Preparing
Write a plan about what you are going to do and how to put your plan into action.
Presenting
At length, each group should present your plan to the whole class. Other groups can give your comments.
6. Homework:
Parts D1 and D2 on P127 in Workbook.
●Self-assessment
This section aims to help you assess the progress you have made, how much you have achieved, and also what else you can do to improve your understanding. The colour bar with five levels rates how confident you feel about what you have learnt in this unit.
In part A, some items are presented to you and you are asked to check how well you think you have developed these skills. Each item corresponds to one or more parts in this unit. For example, after finishing Part B on page 57, you will know whether you are able to use certain words or phrases to introduce unreal conditionals correctly. You have the opportunity to evaluate your own skills and abilities in English. If you feel very confident about another item, you get a score of 2. After going over all the items in this part, you need to add all the scores up and divide the total amount by the total sum. Thus, you will get a percentage, which shows your level.
In this unit, 15 items are listed with each one scoring 5. The total score is 75 points. These items cover the main study targets in this unit, including listening, speaking, reading and writing skills, the usage of vocabulary and grammar items, as well as doing activities in English. Through assessing themselves as learners, you will realize whether you have achieved the goals for this unit.
If you feel there are some areas in which you are not confident or just slightly confident about, you can think about how to improve on them. In Part B, you are asked to make an action plan, so you will know what to do and take some effective measures. You can also have a better understanding of your students, enabling yourself to guide them and help them study English more effectively.
Part Two Teaching Resources
第二部分 教学资源
Section 1 A text structure analysis of The UN-bringing everyone closer together
I. Summary of The UN-bringing everyone closer together
Main idea of the passage brief introduction of the UN
Main idea of paragraph 1 time of founding and its purpose
Main idea of paragraph 2 peacekeeping operations of the UN
Main idea of paragraph 3 what the author does with the UN
Main idea of paragraph 4 how the organizations work
Main idea of paragraph 5 the UN helps countries with some problems
II. A tree diagram of the text :
III. A retold version of the text The UN-bringing everyone closer together
The United Nation was founded in Oct. 1954 by 51 countries. Today there are about 191 countries in the word that have the memberships of the UN. It plays a leading role in many ways. For example, it borrows soldiers from different countries to keep international peace. Led by the organizations of the UN, 191 different countries work together to solve international problems and to keep peace to develop friendly relationships among nations. Through these actions, the UN brings everyone in different countries close together.
IV. Translation of reading and project
Reading
联合国--让每个人靠得更近
我很高兴今天有机会跟大家谈谈联合国，也叫UN------这个名称在英语里更为常用。联合国是一个国际组织，由所有愿意促进和平的国家组成，我很高兴入选联合国的-名亲善大使。作为一名亲 善大使意味着我要前往联合国实施扶助项目的国家。能够担当这一角色，我感到非常荣幸。我会在后面跟大家谈谈我所做的一些工作，但首先我想跟大家简单介绍一下联合国的情况。那么联合国是什么时候成立的呢?联合国实际上是第二次世界大战之后于1945年10月由51个国家联合组建的。今 天，世界上几乎每一个国家都是联合国的成员------共有191个国家。联合国建立在《联合国宪案》基础之上。该宪章确立了联合国的四大宗旨，即：维护国际和平；发展各国之间的友好关系；进行国际合作，以解决国际间的各种问题，增进对于全体人类之人权的尊重；构成一个协调各国行动或工 作的中心。
如你所知，联合国触及世界各地每个人的生活。该组织参与维和行动，协助终止世界上一些最恐怖的冲突。观看对战争地区的任何电视报道，你就会看到头戴蓝色贝雷帽的士兵。联合国并不拥有自己的军队，而是向不同的成员国借用土兵。在这些军队和其他可敬的组织的协助下，联合国为战争及灾难的受害者提供援助。此外，联合国还协助保护人权，致力改进各种国际法律，如有关童工的法律等。
以上是对联合国的简单介绍。现在我要跟大家谈谈我所做的跟联合国有关的工作。我参与联合国的工作是无偿的，是志愿工作。正如我刚才所说的，我主要访问联合国实施扶助项目的国家。那么，我如何通过访问这些国家来达到帮助的目的呢?是这样的，如果我访问这些国家，电视和报刊等媒体就跟随我，并记录我的行程。这会提升人们对联合国工作的意识。此外，我的访问还会鼓励那些致力于联合国各种项目的人，吸引当地人民对相关情形的注意力。
到目前为止我访问了非洲的许多国家。最近，我非常幸运，去了一次南非，在那里我会见了一些结组自救的妇女。她们每天从每个小组成员那里收取1兰特(大约相当于人民币1．35元)，将这些钱和政府资助给她们的一笔钱加在一起。这样，妇女们就凑够了钱去购买做篮子的编织材料。之后，她们就将编织好的篮子拿到市场上销售。运气好的话，她们的小组还能够进一步扩大，或许还能开-个店铺。这个自救小组是由联合国妇女发展基金成立的，在联合国的管理体系中还有很多此类的项目和基金，它们已经为全世界数以百万计的人们提供了帮助。
除了由于战争和冲突所引起的各种紧急问题外，联合国还帮助解决其成员国的其他问题，如教育匮乏、食品不足、贫穷、灾难和疾病等。在召开的--次联合国会议上，所有的191个成员国 都同意，到争取实现八个发展目标。这八个目标其中之-就是保证每个人都能够享受到新鲜 的饮用水。另外-个发展目标就是保证所有的孩子都能够完成小学教育。如果大家想知道这方面更多的信息，可以浏览联合国的相关网页。现在，你们已了解到，由于联合国的工作，全世界的人靠得更近了。
Project
改变世界--我的义务
10月20日
到达这里后发现一切都是乱糟糟的。已经整整一周时间抽不出空闲写日记了。整个岛屿都遭遇 了洪水的侵袭，许多人为躲避洪水都逃到山上。医院严重被毁，已是一片狼籍，完全无法使用了。这-切对我来说是一个全然不同的体验。通常情况下，我都是在那些缺水的地区工作，如肯尼亚和苏丹，那些地方的主要问题是饥荒。在苏丹，我们设立馈给站，确保人们能够得到食物；我们还检查婴儿的健康状况，确保婴儿的体重在增加。我们还做一个接种宣传活动，不再让儿童死干麻疹。遗憾的是，这个活动是在远离城市的乡村进行的，那儿战乱频繁。躲避枪林弹雨、展转奔波已经成了家常便饭。因此，这里的情形就完全不一样了，所存在的问题也不一样。我们非常担心，诸如疟疾和伤寒等由水传播的疾病会爆发。这里没有沙尘飞扬，我们看到的是一片汪洋。到处都是泥浆和水，让此地到彼地的行程变得很困难。
昨天，医疗队里我的同事和我(两名医生，作为护土的我，还有两名助手)在城市的北面发现了一个空旷的医疗中心。我们准备在那里设立一个临时诊所，来自海外的医疗设备和药品正在运输途中。我们已经开始清理这个医疗中心。影响到健康的问题之-是，那些需要定期服药的病人遇到这样的洪灾后很难得到药品，比如，那些患有心脏病或者糖尿病的人就是这样。轻微伤口也需要予 以处治，特别是在这样潮湿的情况下。大多数病人的伤口是由于墙壁和屋顶坍塌所导致的。洪水使得伤口难以愈合，细菌容易扩散。同时，在这座城市的其他地区，住所以及食物和干净水的供给都成了大问题。土地和庄稼都毁了，所以，营养不良会成为未来的一个问题。
食品已经开始陆续到达，但有一个问题，因为人们开始担心自己是否能够得到足够的食品。今天上午，人们由于争抢食品发生了好几次打斗。这使我想起了自己在苏丹所呆的那段时间，当时有好几名“无国界医生组织”的工作人员由于人们哄抢食品而受到了攻击。
在这里有一个优势，很多人都会说英语或法语。这让彼此之间的交流变得容易多了，也易于了解他们的各种问题。当你和当地人不能说同一种语言时，你就很难弄清对方的问题。不过，我有很好的表演技巧，所以，即使在有语言障碍的情况下我还是能够同当地人进行交流。在这里，很多人似乎就是要和你交谈，所以，我发现我的工作不仅仅是做护士了，我还是一个聆听别人倾诉和安慰别人的人。
想象失去一切，甚至包括一些你的家人，是非常可怕的事情。我们到这里做的第-件事就是为那些被杀害的人建一个墓地。我们需要尽快掩埋那些尸体，以阻止疾病的蔓延和传播。这真是一件非常可怕的工作，我为那些死者的亲属感到非常难过。
回想起我参加“无国界医生组织”以来在全世界范围的所有经历，我觉得自己能够帮助别人，做一些值得的事情，这是非常幸运的。现在，我得考虑明天的事了。诊所有望明天开门，到那时我就没有时间记日记了。这里的经历让我珍惜我所拥有的一切，给了我-个从另外一个角度看事物的机会。我知道，作为个人我不能彻底改变世界，但我很自豪，因为我能到处给人多多少少提供一些帮助，在个人的层面上去改变人们的生活。
● Section 2 Background information about the UN
I. History of the United Nations
The name “United Nations”, coined by United States President Franklin D. Roosevelt, was first used in the “Declaration by United Nations” of 1 January 1942, during the Second World War, when representatives of 26 nations pledged their governments to continue fighting together against the Axis Powers.
In 1899, the first International Peace Conference was held in The Hague to elaborate instruments for settling crises peacefully, preventing wars and codifying rules of warfare. It adopted the Convention for the Pacific Settlement of International Disputes and established the Permanent Court of Arbitration, which began work in 1902.
The forerunner of the United Nations was the League of Nations, an organization conceived in similar circumstances during the First World War, and established in 1919 under the Treaty of Versailles “to promote international cooperation and to achieve peace and security.”
In 1945, representatives of 50 countries met in San Francisco at the United Nations Conference on International Organization to draw up the United Nations Charter. Those delegates deliberated on the basis of proposals worked out by the representatives of China, the Soviet Union, the United Kingdom and the United States at Dumbarton Oaks, United States, in August-October 1944. The Charter was signed on 26 June 1945 by the representatives of the 50 countries. Poland, which was not represented at the Conference, signed it later and became one of the original 51 member states.
The United Nations officially came into existence on 24 October 1945, when the Charter had been ratified by China, France, the Soviet Union, the United Kingdom, the United States and a majority of other signatories. United Nations Day is celebrated on 24 October each year.distressed area
“联合国”这一名称是由美国总统富兰克林D罗斯福设想出来的。该名称于1942年1月1日发布《联合国宣言》时首次使用。时值第二次世界大战进行期间，当时26个国家派出的代表承诺其政府将继续共同对轴心国作战。
18，第一次国际和平会议在荷兰海牙召开。此次会议的目的是制订旨在和平解决危机和防止战争的文件及编撰战争规则。会上通过了《和平解决国际争端公约》，并依据该公约成立了常设仲裁法院。常设仲裁法院于19开始工作。
联合国的前身是“国际联盟”。该组织是在与第二次世界大战情况类似的第一次世界大战的背景下构想出来的。“国际联盟”是根据《凡尔赛和约》于19成立的，其宗旨是“促进国际合作和实现世界和平和安全”。
1945年4月25日-6月26日，来自50国家的代表参加了在美国旧金山举行的联合国国际组织会议，会议的目的是起草《联合国宪章》。代表们在中国、苏联、联合王国和美国四国代表于1944年8月-10月在美国顿巴顿橡树园会议上提出的提案基础上进行了讨论。1945年6月26日，50国家的代表签署了《联合国宪章》。当时波兰没有派代表参加此次会议，但后来签署了《联合国宪章》，因而成为联合国51个创始会员国之一。
在中国、法国、苏联、联合王国和美国以及大多数其他签字国批准《联合国宪章》之后，联合国组织与1945年10月24日正式成立。从此，10月24日成为每年都要庆祝的联合国日。
II．UN EMBLEM AND FLAG
EMBLEM
Description:
The current United Nations emblem was approved on 7 December 1946. The design is “a map of the world representing an azimuthal equidistant projection centred on the North Pole, inscribed in a wreath consisting of crossed conventionalized branches of the olive tree, in gold on a field of smoke-blue with all water areas in white. The projection of the map extends to 60 degrees south latitude, and includes five concentric circles”.
Symbolism:
Olive branches symbolize peace. The world map depicts the area of concern to the United Nations in achieving its main purpose, peace and security.
Use:
The use of the emblem is restricted, based on General Assembly resolution 92(I),1946.
FLAG
Date:
20 October 1947
Description:
The official emblem of the United Nations in white, centered on a light blue ground.(PMS 279)
Proportions:
Hoist (width) : Fly (length) 2:3 or 3:5 or the same proportions as the national flag of any country in which the UN flag is flown; the emblem is one half of the hoist and is entirely centered.
Use:
The use of the flag is regulated by the United Nations flag code and regulations.
III. 联合国总部一览
通讯地址 美国，NY 10017，纽约市，联合国。
四大主体建筑物 秘书处大厦、大会大厦、会议楼区域（包括各理事会会议厅）和图书馆。
设计师 沃里斯哈里森（美国人，总建筑师）；成员：尼古拉巴索夫（苏联）、盖斯顿 Brunfaut（比利时）、厄内斯特柯米尔（加拿大）、查尔斯柯布西埃（法国）、梁思成（中国）、斯文马克利乌斯（瑞典）、奥斯卡尼迈耶（巴西）、霍华德罗伯逊（英国）、G. A. Soilleux（澳大利亚）、Julio Vilamajo（乌拉圭）。
开工日期 1949年10月24日
造价 6500万美元
耸立在曼哈顿岛东岸、横跨纽约市东河两岸的联合国总部是和平的象征和希望的灯塔。地球上60亿人民的代表经常聚集在这个占地18英亩的地方，就和平、公正及经济和社会福利等问题进行商讨、作出决定。
也正是在这里，联合国秘书处的男女工作人员努力工作着，将这些决定付诸行动。有着高耸的玻璃幕墙的秘书处大厦、有着优美的圆弧外形的低矮的大会堂，加上蓝白相间的联合国旗，这些都已成为联合国这个国际组织的鲜明标志。
IV. The Biography of Kofi Annan
Kofi Annan of Ghana is the
篇13：模块六短语(译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)
M6U1
1有益于…
对…友善
擅长于…
2有幽默感
3取笑，拿…开玩笑
4没有作出回应
对…作出回应
5给某人留下印象
6为…而排队等候
插队
7做…毫无意义
8编造，补偿，弥补，和解，调停
9学术氛围
10对…来说是合适的
11走…道路，照…样子干，效仿他人
12当（成为）演员，登台演出
13想到，想起
14对…很热心，热衷于做…
15对…严厉的，粗暴的
16值得做
17接受，呈现，雇佣
18接下去，继续
19好像/ 似乎要做某事
20为…腾出地方，让出空间
21因…而生某人的气
22拥挤，挤满
23愚弄某人
24欺骗某人做…
25拆开，拆除
把…撕成两半
26突然大哭/ 大笑
27（生气，愤怒地）瞪着
28拿出，伸出
29一叠貌似官方的文件
30一种至关重要的娱乐形式
M6U2
1被打算用来做
2催促某人做…使赶紧做…
3意味着在…上取得成功
4达到一个目标
5与身体上的残疾做斗争
6在困难/古代时期
7受伤住院
8参加体操锦标赛
9一个专心致志的体操小将
10描述某人为…
某人被描述/形容为
11远离她的父母
12把自己投身于，献身于
13使她付出未来幸福为代价
以牺牲…为代价
14被急送至最好的医院
15处于良好的/低落的精神状态
16克服她的失落
17适应她的新生活
18学习新闻专业
19主持一个体育节目
20想积极的事情并保持乐观
21赢得全世界人们的同情和赞赏
22一个模范
23尽某人最大的努力做…
24羡慕或嫉妒某人/物
25选择，努力争取某事物
26对…满足/满意
27安排某人/物做某事
28信任，信奉
相信某人所说的话
29给某人分配某物
30停止赶某事
31对…感到厌倦/疲惫
因…而感到劳累
32回顾过去
33在某人的指导下
34比…更早，更前
35在校的黄金时期
36匆忙地，急切地
37在阳光下和朋友们玩耍
38照顾一切
39当还是一个无辜的孩子时
40享受某人的青春时代
41最生动幸福的记忆
42看到我在…上的成功
43独立于，不以来于
44与某人交流，把…传达给某人
45保证做某事
对某人保证
在保修期内
46帮助某人做某事
47做伴，一起
和某人一起
48作出某人自己的决定
49给某人做某事的动力
50有一份稳定的工作
M6U3
1搜集一些更多的信息
2做一份家作
3体验文化差异
4一直，至始至终
5然而用不同的口音
6在文化上的难以置信的差异
7无论何时说到这个话题
8对…有/没有/有些作用和影响
9庆祝…
10庆祝第一个丰收节
11加入聊天室
12在期末典礼上
13看到那人的反应
14在婚礼传统之间的相似点
15出错
16和…不同
17期望某人做某事
18说得更清楚些
19举行一个盛大的宴会
20参加婚礼招待会
21敲鼓
22习惯于做…
23用食指指
24努力适应做
25皇室的颜色
26脱掉鞋子
27和…一样
28该是某人做某事的时候了
29关机，下线
30合适的行为举止
31帮助某人某事
32毕竟
33做某事的好办法
34解除误会
35避免在交流上的错误
36放爆竹
37总的说来，归纳起来
38有…的习惯
养成做…的习惯
39表示同意
40充满了雄心壮志
41咨询医生
42占据时间，地方；从事
43分发，发出（气味，热），用完，耗尽
44应某人的请求
45请求某人干…
46延误，阻碍
47对…作出评论
48某一个学生
对…有把握
49和…有关
对…关心
50与…接触
使某人接触
与…保持/失去联系
与…取得联系
51与某人相互交往/合作/联系
与某物效果户作用/影响
52对某事物有力量,勇气,能力等;能胜任
53以某物交换他物，
以此物代替彼物
54靠勤奋创业或树名声等
将某物分割成份或片； 瓜分
55保密/隐藏
56决不可以，切莫
考虑到，顾及到
由于， 因为
57控制，支配
在某人能力所及的范围之内
58打猎，搜捕
M6U4
1．谈及（做）某事
2．查字典
3．担当（某一角色）
4．在……的保护下，在……管理下
5．除了，还有；远离，和……不在一起
6．提出，制定出；出发，动身；开始，着手
7．作为……的代表
8．只要
9．出故障；抛锚
10．处于混乱状态
11．死于心脏病
12．从一地到另一地
13．得到；抓住
14．让人想起……，提醒某人某事
15．提醒某人做某事
16．回想
17．产生变化，发生改变
18．感到荣幸地做某事
19．管理一家工厂
20．给某人动手术
21．缺乏……
22．因缺乏……
23．教育的匮乏
24．从各方面来说
25．面临困难
26．面对着，在……情况下
27．朝南
28．吸引某人的为注意力到……
29．以……为基础，建立在……基础之上
30．建立，成立
31．合作解决问题
32．在……的帮助下
33．正如你们所知道的
34．令人敬重的组织
35．一笔钱
36．幸运的话
37．争取实现八个目标
38．新鲜的饮用水
39．完成小学教育
40．可得到的；可接近的
41．目标做某事
42．改善生活标准
43．创造就业机会
41．筹钱
42．资助一个儿童
43．承担得起……的费用
44．由某人付费
45．在个人层面上
46．专心学习
47．故意地
48．怀着做某事的目的
49．被誉为……
50．因……而受到尊敬
51．被授予
52．被迫做某事
53．通过……方法
54．决不
55．使某人欣慰的是
56．推荐做某事
57．医疗保健
58．一片狼藉
59．语言障碍
60．局限于（做）某事
61．做有意义的事
62．从另一方面看事情
63. ……的收藏
M6U1
1有益于…
对…友善
擅长于…
2有幽默感
3取笑，拿…开玩笑
4没有作出回应
对…作出回应
5给某人留下印象
6为…而排队等候
插队
7做…毫无意义
8编造，补偿，弥补，和解，调停
9学术氛围
10对…来说是合适的
11走…道路，照…样子干，效仿他人
12当（成为）演员，登台演出
13想到，想起
14对…很热心，热衷于做…
15对…严厉的，粗暴的
16值得做
17接受，呈现，雇佣
18接下去，继续
19好像/ 似乎要做某事
20为…腾出地方，让出空间
21因…而生某人的气
22拥挤，挤满
23愚弄某人
24欺骗某人做…
25拆开，拆除
把…撕成两半
26突然大哭/ 大笑
27（生气，愤怒地）瞪着
28拿出，伸出
29一叠貌似官方的文件
30一种至关重要的娱乐形式
be good for
be good to
be good at
have a sense of humour
make fun of
make no response
in response to
make an impression on
queue up for sth.
jump the queue
There is no point/ sense in doing sth.
make up
academic atmosphere
be appropriate to/ for sth.
follow in the footsteps of sb.
be/ go on the stage
occur to sb./ come into one’s mind
be enthusiastic about (doing)sth.
be tough/ hard/ severe with
be worth doing/ be worthy to be done/ be worthy of being done/ 主+be worthwhile doing/ to do
take on
move on
as if to do
make room for sth.
be annoyed with sb.
be crowded with
make a fool of sb
fool sb into doing
tear down
tear sth in half/ two
burst into tears/ laughter
burst out crying/ laughing
glare at
hold out
a stack of official-looking papers
a vital form of entertainment
M6U2
1被打算用来做 be meant/ intended/ designed to do
2催促某人做…使赶紧做… rush sb. into doing sth.
3意味着在…上取得成功 mean achieving success in …
4达到一个目标 meet/ achieve/ reach a goal
5与身体上的残疾做斗争 struggle with a physical disability
6在困难/古代时期 in difficult/ ancient times
7受伤住院 be injured and in hospital
8参加体操锦标赛 compete in the gymnastics tournament
9一个专心致志的体操小将 a dedicated junior gymnast
10描述某人为… describe sb. as…
某人/物被描述/形容为 sth./ sb. be described as…
11远离她的父母 (live) apart from her parents
12把自己投身于，献身于 devote/ dedicate oneself to doing
13使她付出未来幸福为代价 cost her her future happiness
以牺牲…为代价 at the cost of (one’s life)
14被急送至最好的医院 be rushed to a top hospital
15处于良好的/低落的精神状态 be in good/ high/ low/ poor spirits
16克服她的失落 overcome her disappointment
17适应她的新生活 adapt to her new life
18学习新闻专业 study journalism
19主持一个体育节目 host a sports programme
20想积极的事情并保持乐观 think about positive things and stay optimistic
21赢得全世界人们的同情和赞赏 win the sympathy and admiration of people
across the world
22一个模范 a role model
23尽某人最大的努力做… try one’s hardest/ best to do
24羡慕或嫉妒某人/物 be jealous of
25选择，努力争取某事物 go for sth.
26对…满足 be content with
27安排某人/物做某事 arrange for sb./ sth. to do
28信任，信奉 believe in
相信某人所说的话 believe sb.
29给某人分配某物 allocate sth. to sb.
30停止赶某事 quit doing
31对…感到厌倦/疲惫 be tired of
因…而感到劳累 be tired from
精疲力竭 be tired out= be worn out
32回顾过去 look back (on sth.)
33在某人的指导下 be under sb’s guidance
34比…更早，更前 ahead of
35在校的黄金时期 golden days at school
36匆忙地，急切地 in a rush/ hurry
37在阳光下和朋友们玩耍 play in the sunshine with friends
38照顾一切 take care of everything
39当还是一个无辜的孩子时 as an innocent child
40享受某人的青春时代 enjoy one’s adolescence
41最生动幸福的记忆 the most vivid and happiest memories
42看到我自己在…上的成功 see myself successful in …
43独立于，不依赖于 be independent of
44与某人交流，把…传达给某人 communicate with sb./ communicate sth. to sb.
45保证做某事 guarantee to do
对某人保证 guarantee sb. sth.= guarantee sth. to sb.
在保修期内 be under guarantee
46帮助某人做某事 assist sb. in doing/ to do
47做伴，一起 for company
和某人一起 in company with
48作出某人自己的决定 make one’s own decision
49给某人做某事的动力 give sb. the motivation to do
50有一份稳定的工作 have a secure job
M6U3
1搜集一些更多的信息 accumulate some more information
2做一份家作 do a piece of homework
3体验文化差异 experience cultural difference
4一直，至始至终 all the time
5然而用不同的口音 although with different accents
6在文化上的难以置信的差异 unbelievable difference in culture
7无论何时说到这个话题 Whenever it comes to this topic
8对…有/没有/有些作用和影响 make a/ no/ some difference to sb./ sth.
9庆祝… in celebration of
10庆祝第一个丰收节 celebrate the first harvest
11加入聊天室 join the chat room
12在期末典礼上 at the end-of-term ceremony
13看到那人的反应 see the person’s reaction
14在婚礼传统之间的相似点 There are similarities between wedding traditions
15出错 get things wrong
16和…不同 be different from
17期望某人做某事 expect sb. to do sth.
18说得更清楚些 to clarify
19举行一个盛大的宴会 have a huge banquet
20参加婚礼招待会 participate in a wedding reception
21敲鼓 play a drum
22习惯于做… be/ get used to doing
23用食指指 point with the first finger
24努力适应做 try to adjust to doing
25皇室的颜色 royal colour
26脱掉鞋子 take off one’s shoes
27和…一样 the same as
28该是某人做某事的时候了 It’s time for sb. to do sth.
29关机，下线 log off
30合适的行为举止 appropriate behavior
31母语 native language/ mother tongue
32毕竟 after all
33做某事的好办法 a good way to do sth.
34解除误会 clear up a misunderstanding
35避免在交流上的错误 avoid mistakes in communication
36放爆竹 set off firecrackers
37总的说来，归纳起来 in summary
38有…的习惯 be in the habit of doing
养成做…的习惯 fall/ get into the habit of doing
39表示同意 give one’s approval
40充满了雄心壮志 fill with ambition
41咨询医生 consult a doctor
42占据时间，地方；从事 take up
43分发，发出（气味，热），用完，耗尽 give out
44应某人的请求 at one’s request= at the request of sb.
45请求某人干… request sb. to do
46延误，阻碍 hold up
47对…作出评论 make remarks about sb./ on sth.
48某一个学生 a certain student= some student
对…有把握 be certain of/ about
49和…有关 be concerned with
对…关心 be concerned about
50与…接触 in / out of contact with
使某人接触 bring sb. into contact with
与…保持/失去联系 keep/ lose contact with
与…取得联系 make contact with
51与某人相互交往/合作/联系 interact with sb.
与某物相互作用/影响 interact with sth
52对某事物有力量,勇气,能力等;能胜任
53以某物交换他物， swap sth with sb
以此物代替彼物 swap (sb)/sth for sth swap sth over/ round
54靠勤奋创业或树名声等 carve sth out (for oneself)
将某物分割成份或片； 瓜分 carve sth up
55保密/隐藏 under wraps/secret
56决不可以，切莫 on no account / not on any account
考虑到，顾及到 take into account / take account of sth
由于， 因为 on account of sth
57控制，支配 have power over
在某人能力所及的范围之内 within one’s power
58打猎，搜捕 hunt for
M6U4
1．谈及（做）某事 refer to ( doing ) sth.
2．查字典 refer to / consult / turn to a dictionary
3．担当（某一角色） take on
4．在……的保护下，在……管理下 under the umbrella of
5．除了，还有；远离，和……不在一起 apart from
6．提出，制定出；出发，动身；开始，着手set out
7．作为……的代表 on behalf of
8．但愿，要是…就好了 if only
9．出故障；抛锚 break down
10．处于混乱状态 in chaos
11．死于心脏病 die from heart disease
12．从一地到另一地 from place to place
13．得到；抓住 get / catch hold of
14．让人想起……，提醒某人某事 remind sb. of sth.
15．提醒某人做某事 remind sb. to do sth.
16．回想 think back to / look back on
17．产生变化，发生改变 make a difference
18．感到荣幸地做某事 feel honored to do sth.
19．管理一家工厂 operate a factory
20．给某人动手术 operate on sb. / perform an operation on sb.
21．缺乏…… lack sth. / be lacking in sth.
22．因缺乏…… for lack of
23．教育的匮乏 lack of education
24．从各方面来说 from / in all aspects
25．面临困难 face difficulty / be faced with difficulty
26．面对着，在……情况下 in the face of
27．朝南 face ( to the ) south
28．吸引某人的为注意力到…… draw one’s attention to
29．以……为基础，建立在……基础之上 be based on
30．建立，成立 set up
31．合作解决问题 co-operate in solving problems
32．在……的帮助下 with the help of
33．正如你们所知道的， As you know,
34．令人敬重的组织 worthy organizations
35．一笔钱 a sum of money
36．幸运的话 with luck
37．争取实现八个目标 try and meet eight goals
38．新鲜的饮用水 fresh drinking water
39．完成小学教育 complete primary education
40．可得到的；可接近的 be accessible / available to
41．目标做某事 aim to do sth. / aim at doing sth.
42．改善生活标准 improve the living standards
43．创造就业机会 create employment opportunities
41．筹钱 raise money
42．资助一个儿童 sponsor a child
43．承担得起……的费用 afford the expense of
44．由某人付费 at one’s expense
45．在个人层面上 on individual level
46．专心学习concentrate on learning
47．故意地 on purpose
48．怀着做某事的目的 with the purpose / intention of doing sth.
49．被誉为…… be honored as
50．因……而受到尊敬 be honored for
51．被授予 be honored with
52．被迫做某事 be forced to do sth, .
53．通过……方法 by means of
54．决不 by no means
55．使某人欣慰的是 to one’s comfort
56．推荐做某事 recommend doing sth.
57．医疗保健 health care
58．一片狼藉 be in a mess
59．语言障碍 a language barrier
60．局限于（做）某事 be limited to doing
61．做有意义的事 do worthy things
62．从另一方面看事情 see things from another side
63. ……的收藏 a large collection of
篇14：牛津英语 m8 Unit 2 教案(译林牛津版高二英语选修八教案教学设计)
Unit Two (The Universal language)
Period 1
Welcome to the Unit
Teaching aims:
(1).Make students talk about the opera Turandot and read about the history of music from jazz to pop
(2).By talking and discussing, students’ spoken English can be practised.
Important points & difficult points:
(1). Students are expected to express their own opinions by talking and discussing.
(2). Encourage students to speak freely.
Teaching aids:
Backboard
Teaching procedures:
Step 1: Lead-in
Music plays an important role in our daily life. Have you ever had the experience of listening to a piece of music and feeling that it is written just for you? Music can be used to express many feelings, such as love, sorrow, friendship and peace. Although people from different areas of the world have different styles of music, we can still understand each other’s music. Without music, what would our lives be like?
How much do you know about music? Now let’s try to say some words about music:
● Music: classical music, pop music, folk music, swing music, blues, jazz, rock and roll, rap, opera…
● People related to music: musician, singer, composer, pianist, violinist…
● Musical instruments: guitar, piano, violin, drum…
Step 2: Sharing information
1. Work in groups of four and discuss the four pictures on page 17.
Picture of a jazz band
What are the people doing in this picture? What do you know about jazz?
(Jazz is a musical art form. At the end of the 19th century, jazz music was the most popular type of music. Jazz was started in New Orleans in the USA and most jazz musicians at that time were black. It has been called the first original art form to develop in the USA. Early jazz musicians made money by playing in small bands. Often, jazz musicians made up the music as they were playing. Early jazz came from folk music and later developed into something else of its own.)
Do you know any famous jazz musicians?
(Louis Armstrong, one of the most famous jazz musicians, was born in New Orleans. He created wonderful jazz music with his trumpet. In addition to playing trumpet, he also sang and danced. He performed on Broadway, in films and recorded music.)
What does jazz music sound like to you?
Picture of Chinese opera
What are the people doing in this picture? What is Chinese opera?
(Chinese opera is a traditional form of drama in China. It started in the Tang Dynasty when Emperor Xuanzong founded the ‘Pear Garden’. A Chinese opera performance includes elements such as dance, song, dialogue, swordplay and acrobatics. The features of Chinese opera which can distinguish a character’s age, gender and personality are the makeup, movements, props and the colour of costumes.)
What does Chinese opera sound like?
(To some young people nowadays, the music accompanied by gongs, cymbals, drums and stringed instruments sounds a bit ‘shrill’ and ‘noisy’. However, the stories and the melodies are unique.)
Do you know any famous Chinese opera performers?
Picture of a girl playing the violin
What is the girl doing in this picture? What do you know about the violin?
(The violin belongs to the string family of instruments. It is made of wood and uses steel strings. A violinist uses a bow pulled across the strings to create beautiful music.)
Do you know any famous violinists?
(In the past, the great violinists played the violin as well as writing music for the instrument. After the 19th century, composers and violinists started to be two different roles. The most famous violin composers and players are Corelli, Vivaldi, Locatelli and later Paganini, Sarasate, Wieniawski, Vieuxtemps, Ysave, Kreisler and Enesco.
Picture of a girl playing the piano
What is the girl doing in this picture? What do you know about the piano?
(The piano belongs to the percussion family of instruments. It consists of a keyboard attached to a wooden box, inside of which are metal strings. A piano is played by pressing the keys. Each of the keys is attached to a hammer that strikes one of the strings inside the box.)
Do you know any famous pianists?
(Among the most famous pianists are Beethoven from Germany, Franz Liszt from Hungary and Frederick Chopin from Poland. Beethoven is known for his sonatas, Liszt for the Hungarian Rhapsody and Chopin for Revolution Etude.)
2. Work in pairs and have a discussion about the three questions below the pictures.
Sample answers
1 My favourite kind of music is classical music. Classical music uses orchestras and many instruments cooperating to create music together. I like listening to music played by orchestras. You can hear things played on instruments from all of the different families--woodwind, string, percussion and brass. Also, classical music tends to be slower, so it makes me feel calm when I listen to it.
2 The musician I like very much is Jay Chou. Many people may think that he is just a pop singer, but I consider him to be a pop musician. He sings about broken heart, urban stress and young dreams. He expresses his experiences, feeling and personality into his music, which attracts young people who have similar thoughts. That is why many teenagers in China like him so much.
3 Yes. I watched Chinese operas with my grandfather when I was young. A Chinese opera performance includes elements like dance, dialogue, swordplay and acrobatics. The music instruments used for Chinese opera include gongs, cymbals, drums and stringed instruments. A character’s age, gender and personality are shown through the makeup, movements, props and colour costumes. In comparison, Western opera puts greater emphasis on music and design, conveying a story through singing and dancing. Dialogue is expressed through songs. Both Chinese and Western opera use music to express themes like love, betrayal and hope.
Step 3: Discussion
Many of us believe that music can have a very great effect on us. This is especially true of classical music, which some people believe can make us calmer or even smarter. There is a theory, called the ‘Mozart Effect’, that playing classical music for a child can help his or her brain develop. As a result, a lot of parents play classical music for their children, some even beginning before the child is born, in the hope that their children will be smarter. What do you think of the ‘Mozart Effect’ theory? Do you think it is true? Why or why not?
Do you think adults can become smarter or calmer by listening to classical music? Why or why not?
Step 4: Homework
1. Collect more information about music.
2. Prepare the Reading part.
Period 2
Reading
Teaching aims:
1. To help the students know some background knowledge about opera Turandot and the history of music
2. To master the skills of reading a review of an opera
Teaching aids:
Recorder, blackboard
Teaching procedures:
Step 1: Lead-in
Boys and girls, I’m glad to tell you that today we’ll have a chance to enjoy a section of performance of Giacomo Puccini’s world-famous opera, Turandot.
OK. It is performed in the Forbidden City in Beijing. Can you guess who directed it? (Zhang Yimou.)
Have you seen any of Zhang Yimou’s films?
Do you like them? Why or why not?
What else has Zhang Yimou directed besides films? ( They are the ‘Bid for the 29th Olympic Games in Beijing’, which was shown in Moscow, a performance at the closing ceremony at Athens Olympic Games, an outdoor performance of Third Sister Liu in Guilin and Turandot in Beijing).
Have you seen or have you ever heard of the opera Turandot?
If you have seen or heard of it, Can you tell us what it is about?
Step 2: Fast reading for general ideas
A review is a report or an essay giving some information as well as some opinions or ideas about a book, a performance, a painting or something similar.
In our lesson today, we will read a review of an opera. What do you think the review will tell us? (It will give us some background information about Turandot, tell us about the plot of the opera and give other information, such as the actors’ names, as well as an evaluation of the performance as a whole.)
Go through the passage as quickly as possible and try to find answers to the three questions. Just focus on and identify the information needed to answer these questions.
1. What is Turandot?
2. Who wrote Turandot?
3. Was the performance indoors or outdoors?
Answers
1 Turandot is an opera that tells the story of a cold-hearted Chinese princess, named Turandot, who lives in the Forbidden City. To avoid marriage, she says that any potential husband must answer three riddles correctly or die.
2 Giacomo Puccini wrote the opera. The final scene was completed by Franco Alfano, one of his students, based on Puccini’s notes after he died.
3 It was performed outdoors.
Step 3: Detailed reading for important information
1. Let’s read the passage a second time and find out the background information of the opera. Then complete the table:
Main characters of the story Turandot-a Chinese princess；Calaf-a prince；Liu-Calaf’s father’s young slave
Setting Beijing’s Forbidden City
Plot
The story takes on the classic love triangle of the three main characters Turandot, Calaf and Liu. Liu loves Calaf, but Calaf has fallen in love with Turandot. Because Turandot does not want to get married, she declares that anyone who wants to marry her must answer her three questions. If the one cannot answer these questions, he will be killed.
Director Zhang Yimou
Conductor Zubin Mehta, an internationally famous conductor born inIndia
Actors and actresses Sharon Sweet-Turandot; Barbara Hendricks-Liu; Kristjan Johannsson-Calaf; other singers and musicians from abroad and China
2. Retell the story of Turandot, using what has been written in the table.
Step4: Read the text again and choose the best answers according to the text.
A⑴ How many performances of Turandot were performed in the Forbidden City in Beijing?
A. eight B. seven
C. one D. the text doesn’t mention it
A⑵ Who wrote Turandot and when was it written?
A. Giacomo Puccini, in 1924
B. Giacomo Puccini’s former student, in 1924
C. Zubin Mehta, in the 1990s
D. Sharon Sweet, in the 1990s
C⑶ When was Turandot staged in Beijing?
A. in 1924
B. in the twenty first century
C. in the 1990s
D. in
D⑷ How does the writer think of the opera?
A. terrible B. moving C. boring D. amazing
Step5: words and expressions
Vocabulary Words witness, star, cast, avoid, dare, disturbing, recite, threaten, aloud, marry, breathless, guard, key, combine, heartbreaking, fluent, condemn
Useful expressions the end of, be set in, instead of, for the first time, fall in love, take on, be drunk with, exercise, control over, break one’s promise, be upset by, by surprise, be condemned to death, be shocked by, win one’s affection, at the end of, bring together
Sentence patterns 1. In order to avoid marriage, she says that any potential husband must answer three riddles correctly or die.
2. There could not be a better setting.
3. Although he would like to, he cannot break his promise.
4. Calaf says his own name aloud, leaving his future in Turandot’s hands.
5. The opera finishes with a beautifully-sung final duet, which was so moving that the audience fell silent.
Step6: Pair work
Talk about a Western or a Chinese opera that you are all familiar with. Introduce the main characters, the setting and the plot.
Chinese Opera
The Chinese opera is a traditional form of stage entertainment, weaving together elements of mime, dance, song, dialogue, swordplay, and acrobatics into one fluid continuous flow. Gestures, movements and expressions incorporated within each performer's script come together to bring forth an impressive performance. In contrast to Western stage entertainment, which is subdivided into different categories such as opera, drama and sketches, Chinese opera has remained faithful to its original format over the centuries.
By doing away with three-dimensional stage props and complicated backdrops found in Western opera, Chinese opera conveys the idea of time and space to the audience through the acting of performers. This simple and flexible technique is called “imagined time and space” in Chinese operatic terminology. The acting, however, is not mere imitation of movements in daily life. Instead, it has been perfected to bring out just their essentials, making them highly-stylize and rhythmic dancing movements. Such acting is described in Chinese stage language as “stylized formula”. In addition, Chinese opera has specific costumes, facial make-ups, musical motifs and recitations to represent each character in the series of characters known as Xingtous. All this, plus imagined time and space and stylized acting, has enabled the story to rise above real life and create a strong dramatic atmosphere with distinct operatic effects.
Western ears do not readily appreciate this art, for Chinese opera often seems shrilly and 'noisy'. Shrill voices pierce the air, accompanied by loud gongs, crashing cymbals, pounding drums and droning stringed instruments. The music is not intended to be melodic, as in the West, but rather used as punctuation to the performance. Chinese opera is an art of the people-enjoyed and appreciated by all across the social spectrum. In a real sense it is a folk art, comparable in many ways with the Chinese Circus. Although the music of Chinese opera may seem very alien, the stories told are very familiar to those accustomed to Western opera: heroes battle overwhelmingly powerful foes, good versus evil, and lovers seek escape from domineering and disapproving parents.
A distinct feature of Chinese opera is the makeup, movements, props, and colorful costumes. These features identify a character's age, sex, and personality the moment he or she enters the story. Face painting leans heavily on earlier forms of mask and make up. Facial patterns rely on exaggeration and the symbolism of color to suggest a character's attributes and personality. The painted faces become what the Chinese call ‘a mirror of the soul’. Well-versed members of the audience will be able to tell instantly the personality of characters on the stage by their painted faces. Although colors sometime represent a physical attribute of a character, they are predominantly used as indicators of a character’s personality. Apart from the exquisitely embroidered traditional costumes, head-dresses are a requisite in Chinese opera. The more elaborate the head-dress, the more significant the character. Costumes are extravagant in style in order to achieve as great a theatrical effect as possible. Like the face makeup, the color codes of these costumes identify the various ranks, status, and personality of the characters.
Although sharing a common ancestry, Chinese opera boasts over 300 various distinct forms-taking their names from their places of origin. These forms are generally discernible by their use of local dialects and distinct ‘melodies’. Beijing opera is considered by most to be the most refined. Also widespread are Pingju Opera, Kunqu Opera, Shaoxing Opera, Henan Opera, Sichuan Opera, Shanxi Opera, Huangmei Opera, Huagu Opera and Yangko Opera. Some Chinese ethnic minority groups have some local form of operas. Many modern instrumental music pieces incorporate traditional instruments while adapting a more modern style. However, instrumental music is still very traditional. Many works of traditional music are still played by small quartets and large orchestras. Chinese melodies are quite unique and incorporate into many modern compositions. Chinese instrumental music has changed because it is no longer restricted to the traditional format. Even non-traditional instruments such as the piano are used in creating modern works.
Western Opera
Opera is a form of theatre in which the drama is conveyed wholly or predominantly through music and singing. Opera emerged in Italy around the year 1600 and is generally associated with the Western classical music tradition. Opera uses many of the elements of spoken theatre such as scenery, costumes, and acting. Generally, however, opera is distinguished from other dramatic forms by the importance of song and conventions of vocal technique. The singers are accompanied by a musical ensemble ranging from a small instrumental ensemble to a full symphonic orchestra. Opera may also incorporate dance; this was especially true of French opera for much of its history.
Comparable art forms from various other parts of the world, many of them ancient in origin, exist and are also sometimes called “opera” by analogy, usually prefaced with an adjective indicating the region (for example, Chinese opera). These independent traditions are not derivative of Western opera, but are rather distinct forms of musical theatre. Opera is also not the only type of Western musical theatre: in the ancient world, Greek drama featured singing and instrumental accompaniment; and in modern times, other forms such as the musical have appeared.
The word opera means “works” in Italian (from the plural of Latin opus meaning “work” or “labour”) suggesting that it combines the arts of solo and choral singing, declamation, acting and dancing in a staged spectacle. Dafne by Jacopo Peri was the earliest composition considered opera, as understood today. It was written around 1597, largely under the inspiration of an elite circle of literate Florentine humanists who gathered as the “Camerata”. Significantly, Dafne was an attempt to revive the classical Greek drama, part of the wider revival of antiquity characteristic of the Renaissance. The members of the Camerata considered that the “chorus” parts of Greek dramas were originally sung, and possibly even the entire text of all roles; opera was thus conceived as a way of “restoring” this situation. Dafne is unfortunately lost. A later work by Peri, Euridice, dating from 1600, is the first opera score to have survived to the present day. The honour of being the first opera still to be regularly performed, however, goes to Claudio Monteverdi’s Orfeo, composed for the court of Mantua in 1607.
Step 7: Homework
1. Read the text again and again. Try to memorize the language points.
2. Parts A1 and A2 on page108 of the Workbook.
Period 3
Word Power
Teaching aims:
1. Learn and master the new words related to computers.
2. Enlarge the knowledge about the internet.
Important points & difficult points:
Master the expressions about the internet.
Teaching aids:
Recorder, blackboard
Teaching procedures:
Step1. Lead-in
At the beginning of today’s class, let’s play a guessing game. Here are several cards, in each of which is written an instrument. I’d like one of you to give a brief description of them and other students to guess what they are.
For reference
1. piano: a large musical instrument with a row of black and white keys which are pressed to play notes.
2. violin: a wooden musical instrument with four strings which is held against the neck and played by moving a bow across the strings.
3. guitar: a musical instrument with six strings and a long neck which is usually made of wood, and which is played by pulling or hitting the strings with the fingers.
4. cello: a wooden musical instrument with four strings, that is held vertically between the legs and is played by moving a bow across the strings.
5. trumpet: a brass musical instrument consisting of a metal tube with one narrow end, into which the player blows, and one wide end. Three buttons are pressed in order to change notes.
6. horn: a curved musical instrument made of metal, which is narrow at the end you blow down to make a sound, and wider towards the other end.
7. flute: a tube-shaped musical instrument with a hole that you blow across at one end while holding the tube out horizontally to one side of you.
8. clarinet: a tube-shaped musical instrument which is played by blowing through a single reed and pressing the metal keys to produce different notes.
9. cymbal: a flat round musical instrument made of brass, which makes a loud noise when hit with a stick or against another cymbal.
10. bass drum: a large drum that produces a low sound
Step2: Questions
1. Do you know how to play the piano/violin/guitar?
2. Have you ever seen a live orchestra performance or seen any orchestras playing on TV? What was it like?
3. What is an orchestra like?
4. What kind of music is performed by an orchestra?
5. Do you know any famous orchestras in China or in other places around the world?
For reference
Usually there are two types of orchestra. A chamber orchestra is a small group, and a symphony or philharmonic orchestra is a larger group which includes all of the instrument families.
The music that an orchestra plays is usually classical.
The members of an orchestra are musicians, including the conductor, the pianist, the violinist, the flutist and so on.
There are different types of musical instruments in an orchestra. The percussion family includes the piano, the timpani, the xylophone, the triangle, the snare drum, the bass drum, the woodblocks and the gongs. The brass family are the trumpet, the horn, the trombone and the tuba. The woodwind family members are the flute, the clarinet, the oboe and the bassoon. Sometimes the saxophone also joins the orchestra. The string section has four kinds of stringed instruments in the orchestra-the violins, the violas, the cellos and the double basses.
Step 3: Vocabulary learning
Small: a ________orchestra (chamber)
An orchestra large: a ________ orchestra (symphony/philharmonic)
________ (strings)
________ (woodwind)
Four groups of musical instruments ________ (brass)
________ (percussion)
________ classical music (Western)
________ (opera)
Music of an orchestra popular music
Music from different ________(countries)
Step 3: Homework
Finish the exercise P22-23
Period 4
Grammar and usage (Ellipsis)
Teaching aims:
1. To sum the usage of ellipsis and learn the usages of them.
2. To focus on the special styles .
Teaching important and difficult points :
1. To conclude the usages of them and do some practice .
2. How to use ellipsis correctly in a concrete sentence .
Teaching procedures :
Step 1: General introduction
The grammar item in this unit focuses on ellipsis. You will learn when to use ellipsis and how to use it correctly. You are expected to apply what you have learnt to practical use by finishing the two exercises in this section.
Step 2: Explanation and practice
Read the instructions on page 24. We use ellipsis when we do not want to repeat words or phrases that are obvious.
Ellipsis
省略句是英语的一种习惯用法。按照语法的分析，句子应该具备的成分，有时出于修辞上的需要，在句中并不出现，这种句子叫做省略句（elliptical sentences），这种语法现象称为“省略”（ellipsis or leaving words out）。其特点是：虽然省去句子语法构造所需要的组成部分，但仍能表达其完整的意义。
省略形式多样，从单词、短语到分句，都可以省略，而且各有一定的衔接关系，不容臆断。“省略”不但是一种“以无为有”的最简便的表达方法，而且也是一种简便至极，“虽无胜有”的修辞手段。如果弄不清一句中哪些部分省略了，就可以产生误解或歧义。
省略在英语运用中，尤其是在交际对话中普遍存在，因为它可以避免重复，突出关键词语，能做到言简意赅，并使上下文紧密连接。在历年的高考题中也屡见不鲜。省略有词法上的省略，也有句法上的省略，有的学者把某些替代也看作一种省略。
一、词法上的省略
1. 名词所有格后修饰的名词在以下情况可以省略
1）如果名词所有格修饰的名词在前文已出现，则可以省略。如：
These are John's books and those are Mary's (books). 这些是约翰的书，那些是玛丽的书。
2）名词所有格后修饰的名词如果是指商店、住宅等地点时，这些名词也常常省略。如：
at the doctor's 在诊所
at Mr Green's 在格林先生家
to my uncle's 到我叔叔家
at the barber's 在理发店
2. 冠词的省略
1）为了避免重复
The lightning flashed and thunder crashed. 电闪雷鸣。（thunder前省略了定冠词the）2）在the next day (morning, week, year...)等短语中，有时为了使语气紧凑定冠词the 常可以省略。如：We went to the farm to help the farmers with the harvest (the) next day. 第二天，我们去农场帮助农民收庄稼。
3）在副词的最高级前面的定冠词常可以省略。如：
She sings best in the class. 她在班上唱歌唱得最好。
4）在某些独立主格结构中。如：
Our teacher came in, book in hand. (=Our teacher came in, with a book in his hand.) 我们的老师手里拿着一本书进来了。
5）在as引导的让步状语从句中，当作表语的单数名词提前时，不定冠词要省略。如：
Child as he is, he knows a lot. 虽然他还是一个孩子，却懂得很多。
3. 介词的省略
1）both 后常跟of短语，其后可以接名词复数形式，也可以接代词宾格复数形式。接复数名词时，介词of可以省略，但接代词宾格时，of不能省略。如：
Both (of) the films were interesting. 这两部电影都很有趣。
She invited both of us to her birthday party. 她邀请我们俩去参加她的生日派对。
2）在现在完成时表持续和重复的句型中，一段时间前的介词for可以省略。如：
These shoes are worn out. They have lasted (for) a long time.
这双鞋穿破了，已经穿了很长一段时间了。
3）被动结构中，如果没有必要强调动作的执行者，则可以省略介词by短语。如：
The letter was posted (by me) yesterday. 这封信是昨天寄出去的。
4）和一些动词搭配构成的短语中的介词，如：consider... (as)..., prevent / stop... (from) doing..., have trouble / difficulty... (in) doing..., spend... (in / on) doing... 等中的介词可以省略。如：
Trees can prevent the earth (from) being washed away. 树能阻止泥土被冲走。
Can you stop him (from) going swimming in the river? 你能阻止他下河洗澡吗？
I have some difficulty (in) answering the question. 回答这个问题我有点困难。
4. 动词不定式中的省略
1）有些动词，如：believe, find, think, feel, consider, imagine, prove等后作宾补的结构to be + n. / adj. 中的to be可以省略。如：
I consider him (to be) lazy. 我认为他懒。
His mother found him (to be) a clever boy.
他母亲发觉他是一个很聪明的孩子。
2） 感官动词see, hear, feel, watch, notice 等以及使役动词let, make, have后作宾补的动词不定式中的不定式符号to要省略，但变为被动结构时，to必须保留。如：
They made the boy go to bed early. 他们强迫这个男孩早睡。
The boy was made to go to bed early. 这个男孩被迫早睡。
注：help后作宾补的动词不定式中的to可以省略也可以保留。
3）在can not but, can not choose but, can not help but之后的动词不定式一般不带to； but之前有实义动词do的某个形式do, does, did, done 时，也不带to, 否则要带to。如：
We have nothing to do now but wait. 我们现在除了等没有别的事可做。
I can not but admire his courage. 我不能不钦佩他的勇敢。
He has no choice but to accept the fact. 除了接受这个事实他别无选择。
4）在并列结构中为了避免重复。如：
I'm really puzzled what to think or say. 我真不知道该怎么想，怎么说才好。
但两个不定式有对照或对比的意义时，则后一个to不能省略。如：
I came not to scold but to praise you. 我来不是责备你，而是赞美你。
5）在why, why not 引导的特殊问句中后跟省略to的动词不定式。如：
Why talk so much about it? 为什么大谈这个事呢？
Why not try it again? 为什么不再试一试呢？
6） 主语部分有实意动词do 的任何形式，is /was后是不定式做的表语解释do 的内容，通常省略to.
The only thing you have to do is (to) press the button.
7） 动词不定式中动词原形部分是否省略，主要看句子前面是否已出现过同
样的动词。如果句子前面出现过同样的动词，为了避免重复，句子后面的不定式常省略动词原形，而保留不定式符号to。如：
They may go if they wish to (go). 如果他们想去，他们就可以去。
Don't go till I tell you to.直到我告诉你去，你才可以去。
在一些动词afford, agree, expect, forget, mean, pretend, remember, want, refuse, hope, wish, would like (love), try等后跟动词不定式作宾语，不定式中的to可以承前（后）省略。如:
-Will you go to the cinema with me? 你愿和我一起去看电影吗？
-Well, I'd like to (go with you). 我愿意。
I would do it for you, but I don't know how to (do it for you).
我想为你做这事，但我又不知如何做。
在某些形容词，如：afraid, glad, willing, happy, eager等后承前省略动词原形，只保留不定式符号to。如：
-Will you join us in the game? 你愿和我们一起做这个游戏吗？
-Sure, I'll be glad to (join you in the game). 当然，我愿意。
有些动词，如：tell, ask, allow, expect, force, invite, permit, persuade, order, warn, wish, would like, forbid等后跟动词不定式作宾语补足语、主语补足语时，不定式承前省略动词原形， 保留动词不定式符号to。如： He didn't come, though we had invited him to (come). 尽管我们邀请他来，他却没来。
注：承前省略的动词不定式如果有助动词have或be，则要保留be或have。如：
-Are you a teacher? 你是老师吗？
-No, but I used to be (a teacher). 不，我以前是。
二、句法中的省略
在一些简单句、并列句和复合句中，可以省略主语、谓语、宾语、表语等某一个句子成分，也可以省略多个句子成分。
1．简单句中的省略
1) 感叹句中常省略主语和谓语。如：
What a hot day (it is)! 多热的天啊！ How wonderful! 多妙啊！
2) 在一些口语中可以省略某些句子成分。如：
-(Will you) Have a smoke? 你抽烟吗？ -No. Thanks. 不，谢谢了。
(Is there) Anything else to say? 还有别的要说吗？
2．并列句中的省略
1) 如果主语不同，而谓语动词中的一部分相同，则省略谓语动词中相同的那部分。如：
John must have been playing football and Mary (must have been) doing her homework. 约翰一定在踢球，而玛丽一定在做作业。
2) 主语相同，谓语动词也相同，则二者都可以省略。如：
His suggestions made John happy, but (his suggestions made) Mary angry.
他的建议使约翰高兴，却使玛丽很生气。
3) 主语相同，而谓语不同，则可以省略主语。如：
Old McDonald gave up smoking for a while, but (he) soon returned to his old ways. 老麦克唐纳戒了一阵子烟，可很快又抽上了。
4) 在并列复合句中，如果that从句从属于第二个并列句且它的谓语动词和宾语等其它一些成分与第一个并列句相同时，这个that从句通常可以省略这些相同的部分。如：
Jack will sing at the party, but I know John won't (sing at the party).
杰克将在晚会上唱歌，但我知道约翰不会在晚会上唱歌。
3. 复合句中的省略
1) 名词性从句中的省略
(1) 作宾语的what从句中的谓语动词与主句的相同，则what从句可以省略谓语，甚至主语。如：Someone has used my bike, but I don't know who (has used it).
有人用了我的自行车，但我不知道是谁。
He has gone, but no one knows where (he has gone).
他走了，但没人知道他去哪儿了。
(2) 有时候也可以根据说话的情景来省略主句中的一些成分。如：
(I'm) Sorry I've kept you waiting so long. 对不起，让你久等了。
(3) 在某些表虚拟语气的主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句和同位语从句中，从句谓语动词中的助动词should可以省略。如：It's important that we (should) speak to the old politely. 我们对老人说话要有礼貌，这很重要。
2) 定语从句中的省略
(1) 在限制性定语从句中，作宾语的关系代词that, which, who (whom)常可以省略。如：
The man (who / whom) I saw is called Smith. 我见到的那个人名叫史密斯。
Where is the book (which) I bought this morning?
今天上午我买的那本书在哪儿？
(2) 关系副词when, where, why以及that在the time (day, morning, afternoon, evening, night, week, month, year等) when, the place (desk, table, room, spot, house, town, country, school等)where, the reason why, the way that结构中引导限制性定语从句时，在非正式场合下，可以省略关系副词when, where, why, that。如：
I shall never forget the day (when) we first met.
我永远也不会忘记我们第一次见面的那一天。
The reason (why) he came so early is his own affair.
他来这么早是他自己的事。
The way (that) you answered the questions was admirable.
你回答这些问题的方式令人钦佩。
3）状语从句中的省略
当状语从句中的主语和主句的主语一致，或状语从句中的主语是it，并且又含有be动词时，常可以省略从句中的主语和be动词。
(1) 在as, before, till, once, when, while等引导的时间状语从句中。如：
While (I was) waiting, I was reading some magazines. 我一边看杂志，一边等。
(2) 在though, although,等引导的让步状语从句中。如：
Though (they were) tired, they went on working.
虽然他们累了，但他们仍继续工作。
(3) 在if, unless(=if... not)等引导的条件状语从句中。如：
You shouldn't come to his party unless (you were) invited.
除非你被邀请，否则你不应该来参加他的宴会。
(4) 在as, as if, as though引导的让步状语从句中。如：
He did as (he had been) told. 他按照被告知的那样去做了。
He paused as if (he was) expecting her to speak.
他停下来，好像是在期待她说话。
(5) 在as (so)... as..., than引导的比较状语从句中。如：
I know you can do better than he (can do). 我知道你能比他做得更好。
This car doesn't run as fast as that one (does). 这辆小车不及那辆跑得快。
三、替代性省略
在一些交际用语中的某些动词，如：think, suppose, expect, believe，guess等后常常和so， not等连用，以替代上文出现的内容。如：
-Do you suppose he is going to attend the meeting?
你认为他会来参加这个会议吗？
-I suppose not. 我认为不会。
Step3: Practise
1. The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street, but his mother told him_________.
A. not to B. not to do C. not do it D. do not to
2. It’s a fine day. Let’s go fishing, ________?
A. won’t we B. will we C. don’t we D. shall we
3. Be sure to write to us, _______?
A. will you B. aren’t you C. can you D. mustn’t you
4. How about the two of us ________a walk down the garden?
A. to take B. take C. taking D. to be taking
5.-I usually go there by train.
-Why not _______by boat for a change?
A. to try going B. trying to go C. to try and go D. try going
6.-Alice, why didn’t you come yesterday?
-I ______, but I had an unexpected visitor.
A. had B. would C. was going to D. did
7. -Could I borrow your dictionary?
-Yes, of course you ________. (1992MET)
A. might B. will C. can D. should
8. -Don’t forget to come to my birthday party tomorrow.
-__________. (1994 NMET)
A. I don’t B. I won’t C. I can’t D. I haven’t
Keys: 1-5 ADACD 6-8 CCB
Step 4: Consolidation
I. Multiple choice
1. ＿＿＿＿＿ for your brother, I would not have gone to see Mr. Wang.
A. If it is not B. Were it not C. Had it not been D. If they were not
2. - I’d like to have a piece of bread and two eggs.
- Anything ＿＿＿＿＿?
A. following B. follows C. to follow D. to be followed
3. He suggested that the work ＿＿＿＿＿ at once.
A. be done B. should do C. could do D. does
4. It’s a fine day. Let’s go swimming, ＿＿＿＿＿?
A. won’t we B. will you C. don’t we D. shall we
5. Be sure to be here early tomorrow, ＿＿＿＿＿?
A. will you B. aren’t you C. can you D. could you
6. Father advised me not to say anything until＿＿＿＿＿ at the meeting.
A. asking B. to ask C. asked D. ask
7. We will have a meeting next week, but we don’t know ＿＿＿＿＿.
A. who B. where C. as D. which
8. Though the little boy is often made ＿＿＿by his brother, he made his brother ＿＿＿yesterday.
A. cry; to cry B. crying; crying C. cry; cry D. to cry; cry
9. - I’ll go to Korea to watch the 14th Asian Games. Would you mind looking after my dog?
- Not all. ＿＿＿＿＿.
A. I can’t B. Please don’t C. I’d like it D. I’d be happy to
10. - Do you think Jack is going to watch a football match this weekend?
- ＿＿＿＿＿.
A. I believe not B. I believe not so C. I don’t believe it D. I don’t believe
11. - What do you think made the girl so glad?
- ＿＿＿＿＿ a beautiful necklace.
A. As she received B. Receiving C. Received D. Because of receiving
12. - Aren’t you be chairman?
- No, and I ＿＿＿＿＿.
A. don’t want to B. don’t want C. don’t want to be D. don’t want be
13. You’re＿＿＿＿＿your time trying to persuade him. He’ll never join us.
A. spending B. wasting C. losing D. missing
14. - He promised to come to see you.
- But he ＿＿＿＿＿. I’ve been all alone.
A. didn’t B. wouldn’t C. hasn’t D. won’t
15. -- How about the number of students playing on the playground?
-- ＿＿＿＿＿.
A. Small B. Many C. Little D. Most
16. All substances, ＿＿＿＿＿ solids, liquids, or gases, are made up of entirely atoms.
A. whether they B. whether C. whether are they D. whether are
17. - Have you watered the flowers?
- No, but ＿＿＿＿＿.
A. I am B. I’m going C. I’m just going to D. I will go
18. If you go to Xi’an, you will find the palaces there more magnificent than commonly＿＿＿.
A. supposing B. supposed C. to suppose D. suppose
19. If ＿＿＿＿＿ the same treatment again, he is sure to get well. A. giving B. give C. given D. being given
20. He broke his legs while ＿＿＿＿＿.
A. riding B. ride C. was riding D. rode
II. Translation
1. 我伯父的身体比我上次给你去信时好些了。
2. 这种物质称为水，其重要性仅次于氧。
3. 上海即使不是世界上最大的城市也堪称世界最大的城市之一。
4. 我的兄弟有时抽烟，而我不抽烟。
5. 一旦出版, 这部小说将成为今年的畅销书之一。
Keys :
I. 1-5 CCADA 6-10 CBDDA 11-15 BCBCA 16-20 BCBCA
II.
1. My uncle is better than when I wrote to.
2. This substance we call water, and come next only to oxygen．
3. Shanghai is one of the largest cities in the world, if not the largest (city).
4. My brother smokes, but I don’t (smoke).
5. When published, the novel will become one of the best sellers of the year.
Period 5
Task ( Making an exhibition board about a composer)
Teaching aims:
1. to improve the students’ listening ,speaking and writing skills.
2. to collect facts and figure out opinions.
Teaching procedures:
Skills building 1: listening for facts about people
Every one of you must have a good friend in your class. Would you like to give your best friend a brief introduction? Or would you like to talk about a famous person that you admire most?
What information do you want to know when we talk about people?
● dates (born/died)
● places (born/died)
● specific things done in their life
● detailed information (why they did so; who or what influenced them)
Step 1: taking notes on famous composers P26
Skills building 2: finding about people’s lives
1. To obtain more detailed information, what are we supposed to do when we already know a little about a topic? (Asking questions.)
2. If you already know some general information about a famous composer, but you want to get more detailed information about him or her, what should you do? What information would you like to know about the famous composer’s life? One of the good ways to learn about people’s lives is to ask some questions.
3. Read the guidelines and the eleven questions on page 28 and compare them with your own questions. Then decide which questions can help you get more detailed information.
Step 2: asking for further information
Now, let’s use the skills we just learned to get further information. Suppose you interview a member of the school music club.
1. Work individually to think up and write down as many questions as you can to find more detailed information. You can consult your notes on page 26.
2. Work in pairs, one asks questions and the other answers these questions using the prompts. After that, I’d like you to present the questions and answers in front of the classroom.
Skills building 3: writing someone’s life story
1. Discussion:
When you write a person’s life story on an exhibition board, what should be included in it?
Should the date and place of his or her birth and death, timeline of the things he or she did and people’s opinions on him or her be included? How will this information be organized?
How can you find the facts or get the timeline?
Do you think it necessary to add a picture of the person you choose to write about?
2. Read the guidelines in this part to find out the main things you should pay attention to when writing a life story.
Step 3: writing the life story of a composer
Now, let’s try to write a life story about a famous composer based on the information you have collected in Step 1 and 2.
1. Work in pairs: review the information you have listened to, the article you read about Mozart on page 27 and the other information you read on page 28. Discuss the following questions:
When and where was Mozart born?
What style of music did he compose？
When did he write his first piece of music?
What famous works did he write?
When and where did he die?
2. Let’s use the information that you gathered in Steps 1 and 2 to write the life story of a composer, referring to the questions in Skills building 3. Read the instructions in this part. Before writing, you should think about what you should write in your articles.
Possible example
The life of a famous composer Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart
(1756-1791)
Early years
Born on 27 January 1756, in Salzburg, Austria, Mozart showed remarkable talent in music. His father was a successful composer and served as his first musical tutor. At the age of five, Mozart started writing classical music. He composed classical music and had his first piece of music published in 1764. He composed his first opera at the age of twelve in 1768.
Achievements
Some of the famous music that he wrote included:
The Marriage of Figaro, which he wrote for the Vienna Opera, one of the world’s best-known opera houses.
Don Giovanni, another successful opera he wrote in 1787.
The Magic Flute, written in 1791, just before he died later the same year.
Family
In 1782, Mozart married Constanze Weber, a young woman from Germany.
Period 6
Project (Making a web page)
Teaching aims:
Improve the students’ ability of practice.
Important points & difficult points:
Read the passage about the history of music from jazz to pop
Language points in the text
Teaching Procedures:
Step 1: lead-in
The project in this unit is designed to help you practise and use English by completing a project. You are first asked to read a magazine article about the development of pop music over the last one hundred years. You are expected to take this article as your sample and do some research on a singer or a band to make a web page. The purpose of this section is to help you use what you have learnt to finish a project by working together. During the course of the project, you will discuss which singer or band you will focus on, what you will include in the project and how you can organize your web page. In order to finish the project, you are expected to know how to cooperate and work together to complete each part.
Step2: Fsat Reading
Have you heard of the Eagles? It’s a world-famous rock & roll band. Let’s first enjoy their classic “hotel California”.
Like most Americans, and most bands formed in California, the Eagles came from eslewhere. Their brand of rock'n'roll was nurtured in the heartland, not on the fringes. Early songs from “Take it easy” to “Desperado” were dubbed “country rock”. But, as the Seventies rolled on, the Eagles soared higher and wider. “Best of my love” and “Lyin'eyes” were rock and pop and country and the fans took them as their own.. The distance between the country and the city, the redneck and the hippie, narrowed. In the Nineties, that gap would be forever closed by another generation of country rockers.
Well, are you interested in pop music? Would you like to know more about rock music? Let’s read the passage and you’ll get more information.
Step3: Detailed reading
Read the article and find out as much information as possible about Western Pop music. Organize the outline of the article as follows:
Early jazz
● Jazz began in the USA.
● After World War I, jazz was the most popular type of music.
● It came from the folk songs of American black slaves.
● The trumpet was and still is one of the most important instruments used in jazz.
● Louis Armstrong is seen as one of the founding fathers of jazz.
● Solo performance became an essential part of every jazz song.
From swing music to rock and roll
● Swing music is a kind of jazz for dancing.
● It is faster than traditional jazz music.
● Swing music was usually played in dance halls by ‘big bands’, including a pianist, a violinist and a bassist, as well as others.
● R﹠B is a kind of mixture of jazz and swing.
● R﹠B included both guitar and saxophone solos.
● R﹠B developed into what we know as rock and roll.
● Big Jon Turner, a black American singer, is thought to be one of the pioneers of rock and roll.
● Sam Philips, a music promoter from Memphis, Tennessee, found that a white man named Elvis Presley could sing like a black man.
1960s pop music
● The Beatles were the most popular rock and roll band of the 1960s.
● The Beatles helped make Western pop music popular around the world.
● Wherever the Beatles went, large numbers of fans would welcome them.
Step4: Task
Read the article again. Underline the key words, phrases or sentences about the development of pop music.
Step5: Discussion
1. Work in groups to discuss how to research and what to research about a singer or a band.
2. Work in pairs to discuss the questions in Part B.
Step6: Homework
Read Part A on page 115 of the Workbook.
篇15：Module 6 Unit 1 全单元简案(译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)
Period 1 Welcome to the unit
Teaching Objectives:
1) To get students to conduct a free discussion about comic shows.
2) To encourage the students to share their ideas with each other.
Important points and difficult points:
1) Students are expected to describe what they have known about comedy and comedians..
2) To encourage the students to communicate with classmates.
Teaching procedures:
Step1 Lead in
A crosstalk show by Hou Baolin.
Step2 Talking about the pictures
Look at the pictures shown and discuss with a partner.
Step3 Group discussion
1. Which of the events above do you think will be the funniest? Why?
2. Who is your favourite comedian? Why do you like him or her?
3. Why do people like funny things?
Step 4 Homework : Preview reading.
Period 2 Reading Stand-up for your health！
Teaching aims:
1) To talk about a magazine article about stand-up comedy and why people love it.
2) To help the students develop the ability of reading.
Teaching procedures:
Step1 Lead-in
1.Brief introduction
2. Match these new words with the correct definitions
Step2 Skimming &Listening
Qs: 1. What is the article about ?
2. How many types of stand-up are there?
3. What is laughter good for?
Step 3 Scanning
1. What is special about stand-up comedy?
2. What are the four main types of stand-up?
3. When did Bill Crystal begin practising stand-up?
4. What is one reason Billy Crystal has become famous?
5. How many times has Billy Crystal hosted the Academy Awards
6. Who were Bob Hope and George Burns?
7. What does your brain do when you laugh?
8. What is the English idiom about laughter mentioned in the text?
Step 4 Activity
Match each type of stand-up with an appropriate example.
Step 5 A brief introduction of a famous comedian---Billy Crystal
Step 6 Fill in the blanks with suitable words
Step 7 Discussion
1. What kind of comedy do you enjoy the most? Why?
2. Laughter is good for you and for everyone else. How do you make other people laugh?
3. Tell a funny story to your classmates.
Step 8 Reading strategy: guess the meaning of a word from the context
Step 9 Homework.
1. Read the passage carefully and review the new words and phrases.
2. Finish exercises on P4---5.
Period 3 Word Power
Teaching Objectives:
1） To understand the text better
2） To master some useful words and expressions
Important and difficult points:
Some useful words and expressions
Teaching procedures:
Step 1 Check the homework.
Step 2 Revision of the reading passage.
Step 3 Presentation Study words used in play scripts.
To be a successful actor, you need to learn the vocabulary used on stage. All the actors in a play are called the cast. The person in charge is the director. He or she gives the actors instructions about how to perform. The words that the actors say are called their lines., and they can be found in the script.
If you are an actor, you need to know where your character is supposed to stand on the stage. The director will tell you, and sometimes the script will contain instructions. A piece of information like this is called a stage director.
The script is divided into sections, called acts and scenes. Plays are made up of several acts. Acts are like chapters in a book and are made up of different scenes. Scenes are like paragraphs in a book. The scene changes when the action of a play moves to a different place. Very short plays are often called one-act plays. This means all the action occurs at one time, in one place. You will need to know these terms in order to be a successful actor.
Step 4 Practice Word study
1. Fill in the blanks with using key words on page 6.
If you want to be an _____ , there are certain thins you will need to know before you can be in a play. The first is to always listen to the ________. He or she will help you learn your ________ and say them in the most believable way possible. The other members of the ______ can also help you. When you get your _______ and are ready to begin learning your lines, start by finding out when your character is on _______ . Look at your script, and make a list of which _______ and ______ you are in. You will be expected to be dressed in your ______ and waiting in the _______a least one scene before you go on stage. If your character uses any ____ , make sure you know where they are before you go on stage.
When you get on stage, you may be surprised by how bright the ______ are and how different the stage looks like with _____. Don’t worry, just follow the ______ that you learnt, and say your lines, and you will do fine!
2. Find some idioms about smiling and laughing.
a.to laugh one’s head off → to laugh very hard
eg: I went to see the new comedy. It made me laugh my head off.
b .to smile on/upon sb/sth → approve of or encourage sb/sth
If luck is smiling on you , it means that you are fortunate or lucky.
eg: Luck was smiling on me that day as I won first place in the competition.
→ If the weather is smiling on you, it means that you are enjoying a bright day.
eg: The weather has been smiling on us these days.
c. More idioms about laughing and smiling:
laugh away laugh at laugh in a person’s face laugh down smile at
Step 5 Homework:
Finish the exercises in the workbook.
Period 4 Grammar and usage Overview of tenses 1: present tense
Teaching Objective :
To Introduce the usage of present tenses
Teaching important point:
The basic usage of present tenses in different situations.
Teaching difficult point:
How to use proper present tenses in various sentences
Teaching procedures:
Step1 Revision and lead-in:
Step2 Presentation Types of present tenses and their usage.
Simple present tense: The simple present tense is used to talk about things that are true now or are always true / occur regularly.
eg. The sun sets in the west.
These old people watch TV every evening.
The present continuous tense: This tense is used to talk about actions that are happening or in progress now/ are being planned now, but will happen in the future/ happen repeatedly, used with always, usually with a negative connotation..
Eg. They are standing there talking and laughing.
We are going to an evening party tonight.
You are always asking your parents for money.
The present perfect tense: This tense is used to talk about how the past and present are connected. It is used for: experiences that are repeated/ things that happened in the past, but have an effect on the present/ things that started in the past and are still happening now.
Eg. They haven’t seen each other for ages.
Doctors have found that people who laugh a lot live longer.
People have always enjoyed laughing.
The present perfect continuous tense: It is used to talk about actions that started in the past, have lasted up to now and will probably continue to happen.
Eg. It has been raining for a week on end.
Step3 Practice Choose the best answer from the given four
Step4 Consolidation Complete the passage using correct forms of the tenses in brackets.
Step5 Homework
Complete the exercises in the workbook
Period 5 Task Writing to a foreign friend.
Teaching Aims:
To train the students’ ability of writing.
To practise writing an e-mail to a foreign friend.
Teaching procedure:
Step 1. Review and lead-in
Step 2. Presentation
Writing skills building 1: identifying priority
When you are asked to do something, it is important to identify the most important part of the task. The language used in requests helps you to identify what is most important and what is least important. e.g. ‘ I need….’ ( most important)
The word ‘need’ tells you that the request which follows is very important.
‘ I want…’ ( somewhat important)
The word ‘ want’ tells you that the request is very important, but it is more something they desire than something that is necessary.
‘ I would like…’ ( least important)
The use of ‘ would like” tells you right away that the request is not too urgent.
Writing Skills building 2: asking questions orally
When you ask questions orally, you must remember to use the correct question words. You should also vary the forms of questions you ask. Try not to as k several questions in a row, using the exact same words. This will help to keep the dialogue interesting.
e.g. Do you know…..? ( used for general questions)
Can you name……? ( used when the answer is a proper noun
Who is/are…? ( used when the answer is a person or people’s names)
Please tell me… ( used for general questions)
When did…? (used when the answer is a date or a period of time)
Please list… ( used when there are several parts to the answer)
Writing Skills building 3: answering questions in an e-mail
People often send an e-mail to answer questions from friends, family members and colleagues. When you answer questions in an e-mail, it is important to remind the person you are writing to of the questions you are answering. It you write down your answers, the recipient may not now what question each one answers.
Suggested ways to avoid the problems
1. Make a list You can write each question, followed by the answer.
2. Mention the question
If you answer the question with a complete sentence, you can mention the question. There are both formal and informal ways to do this job.
Step 3 Practice
1. 假如你叫李华,你在加拿大的笔友Thomas来信询问你校课外活动开展的情况,请根据以下内容给予回信.
课外活动课时数 每天下午两节(星期六 、日除外)
活动时间 3:20-------5:20
活动内容 阅读、体育活动、唱歌、学电脑等
最喜欢的项目 体育、歌咏比赛、演讲比赛
希望与建议 减少作业量、增加活动时间、多组织参观和旅游活动
注意:
1. 回信须包括以上内容要点
2. 词数: 120左右
3. 信的开头已写好,不记入总词数
Dear Thomas,
In your last letter, you asked me about our out-of-class activities in our school
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Writing an e-mail
e-mail写作要领
首先，必须要标题（Heading）栏的'收件人（To）'框中输入收信人的E-mail 地址。'主题（Subject）'框的内容应简明地概括信的内容，短的可以是一个单词，如greetings；长的可以是一个名词性短语，也可以是完整句，但长度一般不超过35个字母。'主题'框的内容切忌含糊不清。像News about the meeting 这样的表达，应改为Tomorrow's meeting canceled。一般来说，
只要将位于句首的单词和专有名词的首字母大写即可。另外一种较为正规的格式可将除了少于5个字母的介词、连接词或冠词之外的每一个单词的首字母大写，如：New E-mail Address Notification。视信的内容是否重要，还可以开头加上URGENT或者FYI（For Your Information，供参考），如：URGENT：Submit your report today!
E-mail一般使用非正式的文体，因此正文（Body）前的称呼（Salutation）通常无须使用诸如'Dear Mr. John'之类的表达。在同辈的亲朋好友或同事间可以直呼其名，但对长辈或上级最好使用头衔加上姓。如：Tommy，或者Mr. Smith。
E-mail文体的另外一个特点是简单明了，便于阅读，太长的内容可以以附件的方式发出。一个段落大多仅由一到三个句子组成。信尾客套话（Complimentary close）通常也很简明。常常只须一个词，如：'Thanks'，'Best'，'Cheers'，不需要用一般信函中的'Sincerely yours'或'Best regards'。称呼和正文之间，段落之间，正文和信尾客套话之间一般空一行，开头无须空格。
Step 4 Homework
Write an e-mail to you e-pal to talk about your English studies.
Period 6 Project Putting on a play
Teaching Objectives:
1.To get Ss to understand how to put on a play
2.To practise acting out in a play
Teaching procedure:
Step 1. Review and lead-in
Ask and answer: Do you like watching plays? Have you ever acted in a play? If so, what are the steps to prepare a play, or how much work it takes to perform one?
Step 2. Skimming & listening
1. What were Tony and Mike doing when Cathy entered?
2. Why did Mike stand up and wander over to the middle of the stage and sit down?
3. What are the King’s important papers?
Step3 Reading and Discussion
1.What kind of comedy do these two plays use?
2.Do you think these plays are funny? Why?
3.Which play will you choose?
4.Who will play each character? Who will be the director?
5. What kind of scenery will you need? Who will make it?
6. Will you need props? Who will find them?
7. Will you need costumes? Who will make them?
8. Where and how often will you practice
Step4 Practice
Ask students to act out the plays in groups.
Step5 Consolidation
Rewrite the two plays and try to retell.
Step 4. Assignment
Ask Ss to make up a dialogue and act it out.
篇16：Module 6 Unit 1 Task学案教学案一体化(译林牛津版高二英语选修六学案设计)
主备人：杨殿 再备人：高二英语备课组成员 审核人：李家圣
Warming up
Read the following proverbs and then match the Chinese meaning of each proverb.
一贫如洗 回家生闷气 饥肠辘辘 勿惹事生非 不要过早打如意算盘
披着羊皮的狼 一燕不成夏 拦路虎 把好人与坏人分开 亡羊补牢
班门弄斧 倾盆大雨 蠢得像头猪 江山易改，本性难移
人靠衣装，佛靠金装 小时偷针，大时偷金 潜移默化 爱屋及乌
1.To teach a fish how to swim．班门弄斧
2.The sparrow near a school sings the primer．潜移默化
3.Love me, love my dog 爱屋及乌
4.Look the barn door after the horse is stolen．亡羊补牢
5.He that will steal a pin will steal an ox．小时偷针，大时偷金
6.Don’t count your chickens before they hatch．不要过早打如意算盘
7.as poor as a church mouse一贫如洗
8. Let sleeping dogs lie.勿惹事生非
9.I'm SO hungry that I could eat a horse．饥肠辘辘
10.Go home and kick the dog．回家生闷气
11.Separate the sheep from the goats．把好人与坏人分开
12.A lion in the way．拦路虎
13.One swallow doesn’t make a summer．一燕不成夏
14.A wolf in sheep’s clothing．披着羊皮的狼
15.Fine feathers make fine birds．人靠衣装，佛靠金装
16.You can’t make a crab walk straight．江山易改，本性难移
17.It rains cats and dogs．倾盆大雨
18.as stupid as a goose．蠢得像头猪
Language points
1.The language used in requests helps you to identify what is most important and what is least important.(page 10,line2)
(1)Analyze the structure of the sentence.
(2)”used”as attribute after noun, it can be changed into an attribute clause.
e.g., The concert given by their friends was a success.
A teacher named Mouis is from our school.
Besides, we can get students to make more sentences using “v-ed” to make students master its use.
Exe.
a. The woman ____ (coming) to dinner this evening works in the bank.(come)
b. The name ____(mentioned) in the letters was unknown to me.(mention)
2.Below are some of the words you should listen for.(page10.line3)
e.g., Here is a letter for you.
Down she went.
Away went the crowd one by one.
Exe.
1.With me______.
A. is my brother, Tom. B. is my brother and tom.
C. my brother, Tom is. D. my brother is tom.
2.Out ______ welcome the foreign friends.
A. the students rushed to B. the students to rush
C. rushed to the students D. rushed the students to
3.The word ‘want’ tells you that the person thinks the request is important, but it is more something they desire than ________.
A. something necessary B. something which is necessary
C. necessary something D. something that is necessary
Note:Pay attention to the structure of this sentence before&after ‘than’.
Exe.
－What do you think of the plan?
－It’s easier said than _______.
A. carried out B. carrying C. carry out D. to carry out
4.A crosstalk performance involves talking, imitating, singing and dancing.(page 11,line5 in part B)
(1) be/get involved in (doing) sth.
e.g., If I were you, I wouldn’t get involved in their problems.
(2) involve vt.
e.g., Don’t involve other people in your mad schemes.
The job involves traveling abroad for three months each year.
The accident involved a bus and a truck.
5.In an interview, he told us that he is always happy to take on new foreign students.(page 11,line3 in part C)
take to/after/down/on/off/up/in/over/away
e.g., He wants to know who has taken away his dictionary.
I took to her the moment I met her.
Mary really takes after her mother.
Who will take over now that the governor has been dismissed?
Pay more attention to the different meanings of the following sentences:
1.)We’ve decided to take on a new clerk in the accounts department.
2.)His face took on a worried expression.
3.)My doctor says I’m too tired and has advised me not to take any more work on.
4.)Why don’t you take on someone your own size?(---to start a quarrel or fight with sb.)
Exe.
(1)I want to take ____ the book which you showed me yesterday.
(2)It’s sad to see the old museum being taken _____ to make way for a new shopping center.
(3)She took ____ the narrative where John had left off.
(4)My daughter does not take ____ me in any way.
(5)When he fell ill her daughter took ____ the business from her.
Answers: away/down /up /after /over
6. Then they move on to creating crosstalk dialogue in paint with other students.(page11, line7 in Part C)
Here “move on to doing sth.” just means to continue to do sth
7. The most famous is the Canadian Mark Roswell, known in China as Da Shan.
(1) Here the logical subject of ‘known’ is the Canadian Mark Roswell
(2) be known as/for/to/in…= be famous as/for/to/in…
Exe.
It is well-known ____ everyone that Luxun is known ___a writer.
A. as; to B. for; as C. to; as D. in; for
8.So, if you want to try crosstalk lessons, why not study with a real old master?(Page11 line 15 in Part C)
Why not do……?
e.g., Why not join us?
Exe.
Which sentence is true?
A. Why not going with her.
B. Why don’t you go with her?
C. Why not to go with her?
D. Why not you go with her?
9.Below are several common ways to phrase questions, and the correct situations in which to use them.(page12,line4)
Note: here prep ‘in’ must be put before ‘which’
Exe.
Without facts, we cannot form a worthwhile opinion, for we need to have factual knowledge ____our thinking.
A. which to base upon
B. which to be based upon
C. to which be based upon
D. upon which to base
10. It is important to remind the person you are writing to of the questions you are answering.(page13,line2)
(1) Analyze the structure of the sentence.
(2) remind sb. of sth.
remind sb. to do sth./that…
remind sb. that-clause
e.g., This hotel reminds me of the one we stayed in last year.
Remind me to write to Mother.
She reminded me that I hadn’t written to Mother.
The sight of the clock reminded me that I was late.
Exe.
The way he thought of___ the problem may not be the best one.
A. solving B. to solve C to solving D. of being solved
Module 6 Unit 1 Task 随堂练习
主备人：杨殿 再备人：高二英语备课组成员 审核人：李家圣
一﹑单项选择题
1.The language used in requests keep you to identify____ is most important and _____is least important.
A. that; that B. that; what C. what ;what D. what; that
2.Your foreign friend Bill wants to know_______
A. that Chinese crosstalk is
B. that what is Chinese crosstalk
C. what Chinese crosstalk is
D. what is Chinese crosstalk
3.Take notes on ______he wants to know.
A. which B. all which C. that D. all that
4.Use the information you hear____ correct your notes.
A. on B./ C. to D. about
5.Crosstalk is_____ performed in English.
A. some time B. some time C. sometimes D. some times
6. He______ go out; I think he____ ask his parents.
A. doesn’t dare; needs B. doesn’t dare to; needs
C. dare not; need D. dare not; need to
7.Ding guanquan, one of some well-known masters of crosstalk, _______ this unique art form to foreigners since .
A has taught B has been teaching C have taught D have been teaching
8. Then they move on to creating crosstalk dialogues ____ with students.
A in a pair; other B in a pair; the others
C in pairs; other D in pairs; others
9. - What were you doing when Tony phoned you ?
- I had just finished my work and to take a shower .
A. had started B. started C. have started D. was starting
10. The house tent is expensive. I've got about half the space I had at home and I'm paying __ here.
A. as three times much B. as much three time
C. much as three times D. three times as much
11. She thought I was talking about her daughter, ______in fact, I was talking about my daughter.
A. whom B. where C. which D. while
12.The computers made by our company sell best, but several year's ago no one could have imagined the role in the markets that they ________.
A．were playing B．were to play C．have played D．played
13．It is the protection for trees really matters, how many trees are planted.
A．what, besides B．that, except C．that, rather than D．what, other than
14．It is hightly desirable that every effort to reduce the pollution in Beijing.
A．is made B．was made C．were made D．be made
15．There are ten waiting rooms at the newly-built station, in all 20,000 people.
A．seating B．seated C．sitting D．to seat
二﹑根据所给词的适当形式填空
1.When you are asked to do something, it is important ___________(identify) the most important part of the task.
2.The language _________(use) in requests helps you to identify what is important and what is least important.
3. Use the information you hear __________(correct) your notes.
4. Students must ____________________(interest) in Chinese culture.
5. The students begin their training by __________(listen) to and _______(copy)
traditional pieces of crosstalk.
6. Then they move on to _________(create) crosstalk dialogues in pairs with other students.
7. The most famous is the Canadian Mark Roswell, _________(know) in China as Da Shan.
8. Why not _________(join) us?
9. When you ask questions orally, you must remember __________(use) the correct question words.
10.In this summer vocation, almost all the teachers travelled back to Anfeng from Beijing, completely ____________(exhaust).
篇17：M6Unit 2 project (译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)
M6Unit 2 project
第一部分：自主学习
Ⅱ. 1.The writer is old. He says ‘when I was young’,implying that he is not young any more.
2.His days at school were the happiest of his life.
3.A teenager. Because in para3, the writer says ‘I will also be happy because I will be an adult then. ’
4.An adult can make his or her own decisions and do things he or she enjoys. He or she can have a job that he or she likes and finds happiness in being successful at it. Teenagers have to work hard at school and should always be doing or learning things, so they don’t have time to relax.
III. in a rush ；will have learned； affect; guarantee good health and happiness;
assist us with; the maximum amount of time; successful in my job and surrounded by;.
IV. Teenagers; ahead motivation;; worries; imagination; freedom; independently; secure; easily . aches;
1.本可能……但没有; 一定已做了某事； 本应该…但没有； 本没必要做…但…；
本不应该做…但做了； 本可能……但没有； 本不可能……但；B, D
2. 将来完成时；By the end of, will have planted; A
3. 想象, 猜想, 推测, 认为, 相信; 及物动词；You can imagine the situation there；I can't imagine his eating up the bread；你能想象眼睛看不见的感觉吗？B
形容词作宾语补足语； 名词； 形容词；分词；不定式；介宾短语
4．简单句; 回顾；回首，回忆;
I like to look back on my high-school days, which were the happiest in my life.
四下张望; 向前看; 往里看 / 调查；看不起、轻视；轻视，尊敬； 浏览，检查，通过…看；检查
看起来像；look out； look up; look down; look up and down; look for; look after
5. 简单句; 两个， the maximam amount of time 和the minimum amount of time; 名词；
陪伴/同行/ 做伴；in ~ with 陪伴某人； keep sb ~ 给某人做伴，陪伴某人;in the ~ of 在…的陪伴下； 同伴/公司； accompany .
I’ll stay here and keep you company.
He accompanied her friend to the concert.
第二部分：达标检测
1.It’s hard to imagine what it would be like to live on a deserted island.
2.I’m so hot. I feel like going swimming.
3.When I look back on my days in the countryside, I always think of the friendliness and kindness of the local people.
DBB
篇18：Unit 2 of Module 7 Language points (译林牛津版高二英语选修七教案教学设计)
Unit 2 of Module 7 Language points
班级 姓名 学号 时间 评价
Learning Aims:
1. To learn some language points in this text to enlarge the vocabulary
2. To use the language points when doing the exercises.
Learning Important and Difficult Points:
1. Learn to analyze some long and complicated sentences.
Learning Methods:
1. Learn some phrases by heart.
2. Learn the usage of some words and phrases through self-study and practice.
Learning Procedures:
第一部分：自主探究
Ⅰ. 识记短语
1. focus on 聚焦于；集中注意力 2. open up 打开；开拓
3. save one’ life 挽救某人的生命 4. recommend doing sth. 建议做某事
5. take place 发生 6. reduce the risk of 减小… 伤害
7. carry out 实施，进行 8. in contemporary society 在当代
9. increase the length of people’ lives 延长人类寿命
10. increase the standard of people’s health 提高人类的健康水平
11. try … out on 在… 上试用某物 12. make it pure 提纯
13. manage to do 成功做成某事 14. in large quantities 大量地
15. due to 由于 16. widespread use of 广泛使用
17. turn … into 把… 变成 18. wonder drug 神奇药品
II. 重点单词、词组或句子用法探究
1. If you open up any medicine cupnoard in the world, there is a high probability that you will find aspirin and penicillin.
请问这是一个简单句还是复合句__复合句____________ ？这是if 引导的 _条件状语从句, 主句中的that 引导的是____同谓语_______ 从句，用来解释说明___ probability ________ 的内容，在句子中充不充当成分? ___不________________ 。there is a high pribability/ possibility that +从句 译为___很有可能______________________ 。
请问open up 在句子的意思为_______打开_____ , 还可以表示为___开始______拓展____________ 。
小试牛刀！(B级)
1.随着西部省份的开发，人们的生活水平提高了。
With the western provinces _opening up ______________ , people’s living standards have been improved.
2. There is no doubt ____________ he can do a good job of it.
A. whether B. if C. that D. how
3. 昨天他工作到深夜，今天他很有可能会上班迟到。
He worked deep into night. There is a probability that he will be late for work today.
2. Some recipes recommended drinking a tea made from the dried leaves of a particular plant to reduce body pains.
句中的made from 是过去分词作___定语_____ ( 成分 ) 修饰_ a tea ____ 。to reduce body pains 是不定式作_________目的状语_________ ( 成分 ) 。
句中的recommend 意思为______建议__________ 。recommend的用法归类。试着翻译下面的句中找出关于recommend 用法。
(1) He recommended Spain for our next holiday. 我建议我们下次度假去西班牙。
(2) The doctor may recommend limiting the amount of fat in your diet.
___医生可能会建议你限制饮食中的脂肪量
(3)Irecommend you to think very carefully before you do anything foolish.
______我劝你在作出愚蠢事之前先非常仔细的考虑一下。
(4) The worker recommended that a new bus station should be bulit.
_____工人建议新建一个公交汽车站。
recommend 还可以表示_______推荐__________ , 常于介词______as ____ 和______for ___ 连用。
试翻译下面的句子。
(1) She was strongly recommended for the post.__他被强烈推荐担任这个职位。
(2) I should recommend it as a useful reference book.____我推荐他作为一本好的参考书。_
3. It was in 1897 that a European chemist called Dr Felix Hoffmann produced ASA from some other chemicals to make a medicine for his father.
这是一个_____强调句_____ 句型，被强调部分是__ in 1897_____________ 。 强调句型的结构是_________it is 强调部分+ that/who + 句子剩余成分_______________________ ,用来强调句中除__谓语动词_________（ 成分 ）的任何成分。思考题 不能被强调句强调的成分该用什么形式强调呢？
试着找出文章中另外一个强调句。It was not until World War 2 that two other scientists that managed to use new chemical techniques to purify it .
小试牛刀！
1. It was on October 1 ________________ new China was founded. (B级)
A. which B. when C. as D. that
2. ---- where did you meet him?
---- It was in the hotel ____________ I was staying. (C级)
A. that B. when C.where D. which
4. Not only has aspirin saved many people’s lives by reducing fever and helping stop pain, but there are also other things that aspirin can help with.
本句中运用了not only … but ( also ) 连接两个分句，意为__不但---- 而且____ , not only 放在句首，第一个分句_倒装______________ , 而后面的句中___不倒装 。
小试牛刀！（B级）
Not only __________ able to escape out of the hotel on fire, but he also helped the fire fighters put out the fire.
A. he was B. was he C. is he D. was he
5.It was over a decade before someone else turned penicillin into the great drug of the 20th century.
本句用了“It was + 一段时间+ before” 结构，表示__多长时间后才
it was not long before … ____不久以后就
it will not be long before … ___不久以后就会
it was two years/days before …____两年之后就
it will be two years/days before… _两年后才
小试牛刀！（B级）
(1) 在过两周Tom 就回来了 It will be two weeks before tom come back .
(2) -- How long do you think it will be _______ China sends a manned spaceship to the moon?
-- perhaps two or three years.
A. when B. until C. that D. before
6. They were able to produce it in large quantities.
句中in large quantities 的意思_大量地________________ , quantities of 意为__________大量的______ , 既可以修饰可数名词也可以修饰不可数名词。“quantities of + 名词”作主语时后面的名词无论是可数名词的复数还是不可数名词，谓语动词用___复数______ ( 单数/复数 )形式。“a quantity of +名词”作主语时，谓语动词要用___单数________ ( 单数/复数 )形式。
思考题: 把下列词组按照所给的类别归类。
a number of / a large amount of / lots of / a lot of / plenty of/ a great deal of/ a great many
只能修饰可数名词复数的___a number of a great many
只能修饰不可数名词的 _______a large amount of a graet deal of
修饰可数名词或者不可数名词________lots of a lot of plenty of
7. Lawrence Craven , a doctor from the USA, is the author of several published reporters, one of which inroduced the idea in 1953 that aspirin could reduce the risk of heart attacks by thinning blood.
请问这是一个简单句还是复合句_____复合句_________ ？Lawrence Craven 和 a doctor from the USA 是___同位语_________ 关系，one of which引导______定语___________ 从句，而句中的that引导________同位语______ 从句。
第二部分：达标测评
I. 根据要求将下列句子翻译成英文
1. 他没可能通过这次考试。( probability的同位语从句)
___There is no probability that he will pass the test.___
2. 他建议我们尽量多读书。（recommend的用法造尽可能多的句子）
_He recommended that we should read as many books as possible
3. 直到他回来，我才得到这个消息。( not … until 的强调句)
_____________It was not until he came back that I knew the truth.
4. 两个小时之后，我们才能到达那个村庄,。（ It be + 一段时间+ before” ）
_____It will be 2 hours before we get to the village.___
II. 单项填空
1. The computer was used in teaching. As a result, not only _______ , but students became more interested in the lessons.
A. saved was teachers’ energy B. was teachers’ energy saved
C. teachers’ energy was saved D. was saved teachers’ energy
2. The doctor recommended that you ____________ swim after eating a large meal.
A. would not B. could not C. need not D. should not
3. --- Why does the lake smell terrible ?
-- Because large quantities of water _____________ .
A. have polluted B. is being polluted
C. has been polluted D. have been polluted
4. News came from the school office ______________ Wang Lin had been admitted to Bejing University.
A. which B. what C. that D. where
5. The task ______________ more difficult than we had thought.
A. is proved B. was proved C. proves D. proved
6. He will __________ a plan to the full.
A. carry on B. carrt out C. carry off D. carry through
7. He arrived late _____________ the storm,
A.due to B. because of C. owing to D. all the above
★ 高二模块7 Unit 1 Project 教案(译林牛津版高二英语选修七教案教学设计)
★ Module 6 Unit 1 Project学案(译林牛津版高二英语选修六学案设计)
★ U3教案
★ 译林牛津模块5 重点词组教师版(译林牛津版高一英语必修五教案教学设计)
★ 模块八第四单元单词导学案 (译林牛津版高二英语选修八教案教学设计)
★ 牛津模块6 Unit 3 全单元教学设计(译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)
【module 6 unit 2 复习（练习）(译林牛津版高二英语选修六教案教学设计)（精选18篇）】相关文章：
Unit 2 of Module 7 Language points (译林牛津版高二)2022-05-06
模块10 Unit 4 全单元教案(英语周报)(译林牛津版高三英语选修十教案教学设计)2022-05-25
高中英语教师教学工作计划2024-05-07
江苏省届高三英语第一轮模块复习教学案模块1-8(译林牛津版高三英语教案教学设计)2023-12-20
高中英语教学计划2023-06-20
模块5 unit1-2 重点短语(译林牛津版高二英语必修五教案教学设计)2023-01-05
译林版三上unit1教学反思2023-12-22
高中教学教学工作计划2024-01-21
模块10 Unit 2 全单元教案(英语周报)(译林牛津版高三英语选修十教案教学设计)2022-04-30
高中的教学工作计划2022-12-09